OF NIRAV CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES - Gujarat Pollution Control Board

Transcription

FORM-1, COMPLIANCE OF TOR, EIA/AMP REPORT
“Category 5 (f) – A”
(Synthetic Resin industry)
OF
NIRAV CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES
Plot No. 44/1, Changodar Industrial Estate,
Sarkhej-Bawla Highway, Vil. Changodar,
Ta. Sanand, Dist. Ahmedabad-382 213
Proposed Capacity: Synthetic Resin production up to 2300 MT/Month.
Project Cost: Rs. 402.10 Lac
Study Period – Post Monsoon
Authorized Signatory: Mr. Nirav K. Pathak (Partner)
E-mail: [email protected]
Mobile no.: 98243 23130
ENKAY ENVIRO SERVICES
An IS0 9001 :2008 Certified Company Empanelled Environmental Consultant
with RSPCB and NABET accreditation listed at serial no. 42)
LB-6, Lower Ground Floor, Corporate Park,
Gopal Bari, Ajmer Road, Jaipur, Rajasthan – 302 001
Phone No.:- 0141-4013996, 4016996, 4026996 Fax No. - 0141-4026996
Website:- www.enkavenviro.com
Email id:- [email protected]
Project: Nirav Chemical Industries
Document No. EESPL/NCI/001/355-EC/Ind./2013
NIRAV CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES – PROPOSED EXPANSION
PROJECT OF SYNTHETIC RESIN MANUFACTURING UNIT
PLOT NO. 44/1, CHANGODAR INDUSTRIAL ESTATE,
SARKHEJ-BAWLA HIGHWAY, VIL. CHANGODAR, TA. SANAND,
DIST. AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT.
S. No.
1.
2.
SECTION -I
Contents
FORM-I
EIA-EMP REPORT
INTRODUCTION
1.0
1.1
1-20
21-217
21-43
PREAMBLE
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
CHEMICAL & RESIN
22
23
INDUSTRY
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
SECTION – II
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
SECTION – III
SECTION – IV
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS
COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE
GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
ASSESSMENT DOCUMENTS
POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING
JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT
IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
INFRASTRUCTURE
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
SCOPE OF WORK
24
26-35
36
36
37
38
38
39
42
42
42
44-65
GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
PLANT LAYOUT
RAW MATERIAL
SOURCE OF RAW MATERIAL
CAPACITY OF THE PROJECT
WATER REQUIREMENT
POWER REQUIREMENT
SCHEDULE OF APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION
MAN POWER
MANUFACTURING PROCESS
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.0
GENERAL
3.1
STUDY AREA
3.2
LOCATION OF MONITORING STATION
3.3
LAND ENVIRONMENT
3.4
WATER ENVIRONMENT
3.5
AIR ENVIRONMENT
3.6
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
3.7
BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
3.8
SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES
4.0
GENERAL
4.1
LAND ENVIRONMENT
4.2
AIR ENVIRONMENT
4.3
WATER ENVIRONMENT
i
45
46
48
49
50
50
51
52
53
53
53-65
66-107
67
67
68
70-76
77-79
80-82
83-84
84-94
94-107
108-128
109
109
110-120
120-124
SECTION – V
SECTION – VI
4.4
SOLID WASTE
4.5
NOISE POLLUTION
4.6
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology and Site)
5.0
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES TECHNOLOGY AND
SITE
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
6.0
INTRODUCTION
6.1
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING
PROCEDURE
6.2
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL
6.3
MONITORING METHODS
6.4
REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA
6.5
EXECUTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
SECTION – VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.0
PUBLIC CONSULTATION
7.1
RISK ASSESSMENT
7.2
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
7.3
HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION
7.4
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS
CHEMICALS
7.5
DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
7.6
OFF- SITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN
7.7
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
7.8
SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
SECTION-VIII PROJECT BENEFITS
8.0
PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
8.2
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
8.3
EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL –SKILLED; SEMI-SKILLED
AND UNSKILLED
8.4
OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS
SECTION-IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.0
ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS
SECTION-X
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.0
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION-XI SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11.0
INTRODUCTION
11.1
11.2
DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
11.3
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND
MITIGATION MEASURES
11.4
11.5
PROJECT BENEFITS
11.6
ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
DURING
OPERATION PHASE
11.7
CONCLUSIONS
SECTION-XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT
ii
125
126
127-128
129-130
130
131-137
132
132
133
136
137
137
138-186
139
139
140
141-155
155-158
158-167
168-174
174-179
179-182
183-185
184
184
184
184
185
186-187
187
188-198
188-198
199-214
200
203
204
206
209
211
211
214
215-217
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
LIST OF ANNEXURES
THE LAND REGISTRY DOCUMENT (COPY OF INDEX-2)
THE LAST NOC AND CONSENT OF THE GPCB
COPY OF TERMS OF REFERENCE ISSUED FROM MOE&F
TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP SHOWING 10 KM RADIUS
HYDROLOGY MAP OF THE STUDY AREA
LAND USE/LAND COVER MAP
MONITORING DATA OF AIR, WATER, NOISE, SOIL
218-219
220-228
229-232
233
234
235
236-249
***************
INDEX OF TABLE
TABLE
NO.
1.1
2.1
2.2
CONTENT
LIST OF PROMOTERS/PARTNERS
LAND USE BREAK-UP
CATEGORY WISE WATER CONSUMPTION
PAGE
NO.
38
48
51
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
MONITORING LOCATIONS
CLASSIFICATION OF LULC IN STUDY AREA
SOIL MONITORING RESULTS
WATER ANALYSIS REPORT
MICRO METEOROLOGICAL DATA FOR THE STUDY PERIOD AT PROJECT SITE
FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION
SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING
68
75
76
78
80
80
82
3.8
3.9
AMBIENT NOISE MONITORING RESULTS
FLORAL SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA
83
86
LISTS OF BIRDS IN THE STUDY AREA WITH ITS DISTRIBUTION AND
90
3.10
MIGRATORY STATUS
3.11
MAMMALS FROM THE STUDY AREA
3.12
3.13
DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA
DISTRIBUTIONS OF WORKERS IN THE STUDY AREA
99
102
3.14
DETAILS OF BASIC AMENITIES AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA
105
4.1
STACK EMISSION DETAILS
113
4.2
PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS
113
4.3
DETAILS OF INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF POLLUTANTS ON SENSITIVE
LOCATIONS LIKE HABITATIONS
114
4.4
4.5
CO-EFFICIENT OF RUNOFF/IMPERMEABILITY FACTOR [C]
RUN OFF (DISCHARGE) CALCULATION
123
123
4.6
124
4.7
6.1
CALCULATION FOR TOTAL ANNUAL RECHARGE THROUGH RAINWATER
HARVESTING STRUCTURE
THE ANTICIPATED QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE
7.1
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORED, TRANSPORTED AND HANDLED
140
7.2
CATEGORY WISE SCHEDULE OF STORAGE TANKS
141
7.3
PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS USED IN THE PLANT
141
94
iii
125
136
7.4
PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS FOR STORAGE AREAS
142
7.5
PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS FOR THE WHOLE PLANT IN GENERAL
142
7.6
FIRE EXPLOSION AND TOXICITY INDEX
143
7.7
DAMAGE DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITIES
145
7.8
RADIATION EXPOSURE AND LETHALITY
145
7.9
SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR MCA ANALYSIS
146
7.10
PROPERTIES OF CHEMICALS CONSIDERED FOR MODELING
146
7.11
OCCURRENCE OF VARIOUS RADIATION INTENSITIES- POOL FIRE
147
7.12
HAZARDOUS EVENTS CONTRIBUTING TO ON-SITE FACILITY RISK
148
7.13
OFF-SITE ACTION PLAN
151
7.14
153
7.15
RADIATION INTENSITIES FROM POOL FIRE DURING FAILURE OF ACETIC
ANHYDRIDE TANK
HAZARDOUS EVENTS CONTRIBUTING TO ON-SITE FACILITY RISK
7.16
OFF-SITE ACTION PLAN
171
10.1
190
10.2
RECOMMENDED PLANT SPECIES FOR PLANTATION
197
11.1
DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING
200
11.2
SALIENT FEATURES OF PROPOSED PLANT
203
11.3
MICRO METEOROLOGICAL DATA FOR THE STUDY PERIOD AT PROJECT SITE
204
11.4
SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR ALL THE LOCATIONS
205
11.5
PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS
207
11.6
THE ANTICIPATED QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
208
11.7
209
iv
154
INDEX OF FIGURE
FIGURE
NO.
1.1
1.2
1.3
CONTENT
4.4
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS CHARTS
TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP SHOWING THE PROJECT SITE AND 10 KM STUDY AREA
MAP SHOWING DISTANCE OF SEVERELY POLLUTED AREA FROM THE PROJECT
SITE
GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING THE AREA WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS FROM THE
PROJECT SITE
KEY PLAN & PLANT LAYOUT
WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION
GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING THE MONITORING LOCATION WITHIN 5 KM RADIUS
FROM THE PROJECT SITE
HYDROLOGY MAP OF THE STUDY AREA
LULC MAP
WIND ROSE DIAGRAM (24 HRS)
POPULATION DENSITY OF THE STUDY AREA
EMPLOYMENT RATIO IN THE STUDY AREA
ISOPLETHS SHOWING MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL GROUND LEVEL
CONCENTRATIONS OF PM10 (POST MONSOON)
CONCENTRATIONS OF SO2 (POST MONSOON)
CONCENTRATIONS OF NOX (POST MONSOON)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF SEPTIC TANK FOLLOWED BY SOAK PIT
4.5
SECTION VIEW OF SCHEMATIC DESIGN OF RAINWATER HARVESTING
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.1
4.2
4.3
PAGE
NO.
25
40
41
47
49
52
69
71
74
81
101
103
115
116
117
122
124
STRUCTURE IN PREMISES
7.1
THREAT ZONE OF THERMAL RADIATION – XYLENE
148
7.2
THREAT ZONE OF CATASTROPHIC EXPLOSION- XYLENE.
150
7.3
THREAT ZONE OF TOXIC CONDITION- ACETIC ANHYDRIDE
151
7.4
THREAT ZONE OF THERMAL RADIATION – ACETIC ANHYDRIDE
152
7.5
THREAT ZONE OF CATASTROPHIC EXPLOSION- ACETIC ANHYDRIDE
154
7.6
ON-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION CHART
167
11.1
TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP SHOWING THE PROJECT SITE AND 10 KM STUDY AREA
v
202
FORM-1
F
Form- I
FORM-I
1
F
Form- I
APPENDIX I
(See Paragraph – 6)
FORM - I
I
Basic Information
S.
no.
1.
Item
: Details
Name of the Project/s
: Nirav Chemical Industries, a proposed expansion in
manufacturing capacity of synthetic Resin.
2.
S. No. in the schedule
: The proposed project is categorized under A of 5 (f)
{Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye
intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug
formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals,
other
synthetic
organic
chemicals
and
chemical
intermediates)} column 3 as per the amendment dated
01.12.09 and 04.04.2011 of the EIA Notification of Sept. 14th
2006.
3.
Proposed
capacity/area/ :
length/tonnage to be handled
/command
area/lease
area
/number of wells to be drilled
Sr.
Name of Product/
No.
By-Product
Product (Synthetic Resin)
A-1
Unsaturated Polyester Resin
A-2
Alkyd Resin
B-1
Saturated Polyester Resin
B-2
Epoxy Resin
B-3
Vinyl Ester Resin
Production
Capacity, TPM
2000
300
By-Product
1.
Methanol
63.0
The total land area available with Nirav Chemical Industries
is 2470 sq. m. The proposed expansion will be carried out
within the same premises.
The total fresh water requirement for existing unit is 11 KLD.
After proposed expansion, it will be increased up to 19.50
KLD. Presently entire water requirement is being met
through common infrastructure of industrial estate (estate’s
common bore well), whose source is ground water and
same source will be utilized after proposed expansion.
4.
New
/
Expansion
Modernization
/ : Proposed project is expansion in the existing unit for the
manufacturing of various types and grades of Synthetic
2
F
Form- I
Resin with the total production capacity of 2300 TPM.
5.
Existing capacity/Area etc.
: At present the unit is manufacturing synthetic resin (Epoxy
resin /polyester resin Epoxy hardener solution) with the
installed capacity of 2000 TPM by formulation activity
only. The area acquired by the unit is 2470.6 Sq. m.
6.
Category of project i.e. 'A' or : A
'B'
7.
Does it attract the general : No.
condition?
If
yes,
please
specify.
8.
Does it attract the specific : No.
condition?
If
yes,
please
specify.
9.
10.
Location
Plot / Survey / Khasra no.
Village / Town
Tehsil
District
State
Nearest
station/Airport
distance in KM.
: Plot No. 44/1, Changodar Industrial Estate,
Sarkhej-Bawla Highway,
: Changodar
: Sanand
: Ahmedabad
: Gujarat
Railway : Railway
Changodar Railway station
along
with
station
towards West from project site.
Air Port
at
1.0Km
International /Domestic Airport: Ahmedabad :
at 28 km towards NE from project site.
N.H.
NH-8A which is about 0.5 km towards West
from project site.
11.
12.
Nearest Town, City, District :
Headquarters
along
with
distance in kms.
City
District
Headquarter
Nearest
Town
Ahmedabad city at 22.0 km towards NE
from project site.
Ahmedabad district headquarters at 22.0
km towards NE from project site.
Ahmedabad at 22.0 km towards NE from
project site.
Zilla : Changodar Gram Panchayat,
PO- Changodar,
Parishad,
Municipal
Taluka: Sanand,
Corporation,
Local
body
Dist. Ahmedabad - 382 213.
(Complete postal address with
Village
Panchayat,
telephone no. to be given)
13.
Name of the applicant
: Mr. Nirav K. Pathak
3
F
14.
Registered address
Form- I
: Nirav Chemical Industries
Plot no: 44/1,
Changodar Industrial Estate,
Sarkhej-Bavla Highway, Village: Changodar,
Ta: Sanand, Dist: Ahmedabad.
Pin: 382 213
15.
16.
Address for correspondence:
Name
: Mr. Nirav K. Pathak
Designation (Owner/ Partner : Partner
/CEO)
Address
: Nirav Chemical Industries
Plot no: 44/1,
Pin Code
E-mail
Telephone no.
Fax No.
Details of alternative sites
:
:
:
:
:
Sarkhej-Bavla Highway, Village: Changodar,
382 213
[email protected]
(M) 98243 23130
-No alternative sites were examined because the proposed
examined, if any. Location of
expansion will be carried out within the existing unit
these sites should be shown
premises.
on a Toposheet.
17.
Interlinked projects
: There is no interlinked project
18.
Whether separate application : Not applicable
of interlinked project has been
submitted?
19.
20.
21.
If yes, date of submission
: Not applicable
If no, reason
: Not applicable
Whether the proposal involves : No
approval/Clearance under: if
yes, details of the same and
their status to be given.
22.
(a) The
Forest
(Conservation)
Act,
(1980)?
(b) The Wildlife (Protection)
Act, 1972?
(c) The C.R.Z. Notification,
1991?
Whether
there
is
any : No
4
F
23.
24.
Form- I
Government
Order/Policy
relevant/relating to the site:
Forest
land
involved : There is no involvement of forest land
(hectares)
Whether there is any litigation : No litigation is pending against the project applicant of this
project in any court of law to the best of knowledge
pending against the project
and/or
land
in
which
the
project is propose to be set
up?
(a) Name of the Court
(b) Case No.
(c) Orders/directions of the
court,
if
relevance
any
and
with
its
the
proposed project.
25.
Expected cost of the project
: The existing project cost is about Rs 111.67 lac and
proposed project cost is estimated to be about Rs. 290.43
lac.
*Capacity corresponding to sectoral activity (such as production capacity for manufacturing, mining lease
area and production capacity for mineral production, area for mineral exploration, length for linear
transport infrastructure, generation capacity for power generation etc.,)
II
Activity
1.
Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will
cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies,
etc.)
S.
Information/
Checklist Yes/ Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates,
No. confirmation
No wherever possible) with source of information data
1.1
Permanent or temporary No Since the proposed expansion of the project is coming
change on land use, land
up in existing plant premises thus there will be no
cover or topography including
change on land use, land cover or topography.
increase in intensity of land
use (with respect to local land
use plan)
1.2
Clearance of existing land,
No
vegetation and buildings?
As the proposed expansion will come within the existing
premises therefore no clearance of existing land,
building or vegetation will be carried out.
1.3
Creation of new land uses?
No
No new land use will be created as the proposed
expansion will be carried out within the existing plant
premises.
5
F
1.4
Form- I
Pre-construction
investigations
e.g.
No
--
Yes
Mainly fabrication & installation of new plant machineries
bore
houses, soil testing?
1.5
Construction works?
related work will be done within existing plant premises.
1.6
Demolition works?
1.7
Temporary sites used
for
construction
works
or
deployed will be local. Thus, there will be no housing
housing
construction
facility or temporary site required for the same.
of
No
No demolition work will be carried out
No
There will be no temporary sites created as the labour
Temporary storage yard will be provided for the storage
workers?
of construction material.
1.8
Above
ground
buildings,
No
As explained in point no. 1.5 above. The project will
structures
or
earthworks
involve excavation of soil during foundation purposes.
including
linear
structures,
Excavation of soil will be very little or insignificant. All the
operation will be carried out in the existing plant so
cut and fill or excavations
change in locality due to expansion will be negligible
except localized changes in plant area.
1.9
Underground works including
No
No underground activity will be carried out
mining or tunneling?
1.10
Reclamation works?
No
Not applicable
1.11
Dredging?
No
Not applicable
1.12
Offshore structures?
No
Not applicable
1.13
Production
No
Manufacturing of Synthetic Resin using the latest
and
manufacturing processes?
1.14
technology.
Facilities for storage of goods
No
or materials?
All the raw Materials and Finished Product shall be
stored in Storage yards having proper flooring and
roofing.
1.15
Facilities
for
treatment
or
No
Solid waste:-
disposal of solid waste or
The main source of hazardous waste generation is
liquid effluents?
discarded bags/ containers from storage and handling of
raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant
machinery. The ancillary source of hazardous waste
generation
from
existing
as
well
as
proposed
manufacturing activity is process waste. The assumed
quantity and proposed management of solid waste is
given in below table:
6
F
Form- I
Waste
Source
Process
Physical
Type of
Quantity Chemical
waste
Form
Process
Waste
Raw
Discarded
Material
Drums/
Storage &
bags
Handling
Plant and
Machineries
Used /
Spent
Oil
Method of
Disposal
5
MT
Solid
organic
Collection,
Storage
Transportation
and disposal at
safe TSDF site
1
MT
SolidInorganic
Decontaminate
and Reuse/
Sell
LiquidOrganic
Collection,
storage and
used as
lubricant within
the premises /
sell to MoEF
approved
Recycler/
reprocessors
1.0
KL
Liquid Effluents:There will not be any effluent generation from the
manufacturing activity and about 1.1 waste water will be
generated from Cooling tower and Steam boiler, which
will be reused on land for gardening/plantation purpose
within premises. Hence the unit will maintain as "Zero
Effluent Discharge" and hence there will be no need of
any control measures.
The domestic effluent will be discharged to soak pit via
septic tank.
1.16
Facilities
for
housing
of
long
term
No
operational
There will be no provision made for workers within the
area as the labour employed will be from local area.
workers?
1.17
New road, rail or sea traffic
during
construction
No
or
proposed expansion and will not cause much change in
operation?
1.18
locality
New road, rail, air waterborne
or
other
transport
infrastructure including new
or
altered
There will be very negligible traffic increase due to
routes
No
As the project site is having very well developed
infrastructure facilities. Therefore, there will not be any
need of new/altered transportation route/station
and
stations, ports, airports etc?
7
F
1.19
Closure
or
Form- I
diversion
of
No
Due to the upcoming project, there will be no closure of
existing transport routes or
existing transport routes or infrastructures leading to
infrastructure
changes in traffic movements.
leading
changes
in
to
traffic
movements?
1.20
New or diverted transmission
No
lines or pipelines?
1.21
Impoundment,
culverting,
other
no transmission lines/pipelines will be developed.
damming,
realignment
changes
hydrology
Proposed expansion will be within existing premises and
to
No
No such activity is proposed
or
the
of watercourses
or aquifers?
1.22
Stream crossings?
No
--
1.23
Abstraction or transfers of
Yes
After expansion the total fresh water requirement will be
1.24
1.25
water from ground or surface
19.5 KLD, which will be procured from industrial estate
waters?
water supply system.
Changes in water bodies or
No
the land surface affecting
estate which does not carry any water bodies or natural
drainage or run-off?
drainage.
Transport of personnel or
materials
for
No
Transportation of the raw materials and products to
or
desired destination will be carried out by PUC certified
trucks. Hence, the impact will be negligible.
decommissioning?
Long-term
26 persons will be employed after proposed expansion.
construction,
operation
1.26
As the proposed project will be within the industrial
dismantling
decommissioning
or
No
Not applicable
No
Not applicable
No
During construction phase, there will be influx of semi-
or
restoration works?
1.27
Ongoing
activity
decommissioning
during
which
could have an impact on the
environment?
1.28
Influx of people to an area in
either
temporarily
or
skilled and unskilled labour from the nearby villages.
permanently?
Local people based on their skill will be employed.
1.29
Introduction of alien species?
No
--
1.30
Loss of native species or
No
Not concern
genetic diversity?
8
F
Form- I
1.31
Any other actions?
No
--
2.
Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land,
water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in
short supply):
Information/checklist
2.1
Yes / Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates,
confirmation
No
wherever possible) with source of information data
Land especially undeveloped
No
The proposed project will be carried out in total land area
or agricultural land (ha)
of approx 2470 sq. m., Which is located in private
industrial estate of Changodar.
There will not be any need of additional undeveloped or
agricultural land.
2.2
Water (expected source &
Yes
competing users) unit: KLD
After expansion the daily fresh water requirement will be
about 19.50 KLD, which will be taken from the Industrial
Estate Water Supply. After proposed expansion, about
1.0 KL will be used for Manufacturing process, 10.0 KLD
will be used for Cooling (make up), 1.0 KLD will be used
for Steam boiler, 1.0 KLD will be used for gardening in
unit premises & 6.5 KLD for domestic purposes in plant.
As per Guidelines issued by Central Ground Water
Authority, Ministry of Water Resources, New Delhi vide
Letter
No.
21-4/Guidelines/CGWA/2009-832,
Dated
14/10/2009, the unit falls under Over Exploited Area and
Ground water development in the region is greater than
100%. However, the water requirement of the plant is
19.5 KLD only, which does not exceed the limit of 25.0
KLD as per CGWA guidelines. Thus, it is not mandatory
for the unit to obtain permission from CGWA for the
abstraction
of
ground
water
through
the
private
suppliers.
2.3
Minerals (MT)
No
There is no major usage of minerals in the proposed
project except stones and grit required for building
construction.
2.4
Construction
material
–
No
The
project
site
will
have
concrete
work
for
stone, aggregates, sand / soil
administration building, office, storage room etc. Timber
(expected source – MT)
will be avoided in construction. The building materials
required will be coarse aggregate, fine aggregate,
9
F
Form- I
structural steel, bricks etc. These will be procured from
local vendors.
2.5
Forests and timber (source –
No
MT)
2.6
Wood will be required for doors, windows, furniture, etc.
For the proposed expansion project.
Energy including electricity
No
At present the total connected load of power is about 68
and fuels (source, competing
KW and one stand by D. G. Set (50 KVA) has been
users) Unit: fuel (MT), energy
installed.
(MW)
proposed expansion is estimated to 135 KW which will
The
total
power
requirement
after
the
be fulfilled from the grid power supplied by Madhya
Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (MGVCL). The unit will also
provide one additional D.G. Set (125 KVA) as a stand-by
to suffice the power requirement in case of main power
failure.
2.7
Any other natural resources
(use
appropriate
No
--
standard
units)
3.
Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could
be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or
perceived risks to human health.
S.
Information/Checklist
No.
confirmation
3.1
Use
of
materials,
Yes / Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates,
substances
or
which
are
No
Yes
The storage, transport, handling, etc. of hazardous
substances shall be within the threshold limit as per
hazardous (as per MSIHC
MSIHC.
rules) to human health or the
List of Hazardous Substances / Chemicals used are:
environment
(flora,
fauna,
Materials
and water supplies)
Flammable
Acetic Anhydride
Flammable
Epoxy Resin
Non-flammable
Bisphenol A
flammable
Methacrylic Acid
Di Butyl Tin Oxide
Changes in occurrence of
No
Not Envisaged
10
Properties
Xylene
Caustic Soda
3.2
Hazardous
Non-flammable
flammable
Non-flammable
F
disease or
Form- I
affect disease
vectors (e.g. insect or water
borne diseases)
3.3
Affect the welfare of people
e.g.
by
changing
Yes
living
various
conditions?
3.4
By providing the employment to local peoples and
proposed
CSR
activities
there
will
be
developments in the localized area.
Vulnerable groups of people
No
--
No
--
who could be affected by the
project e.g. hospital patients,
children, the elderly etc.,
3.5
Any other causes
4.
Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning
(MT/month)
S.No. Information/Checklist
4.1
confirmation
No
Spoil, overburden or mine
No
Not applicable
Yes
Not concerned
wastes
4.2
Municipal
waste
(domestic
and or commercial wastes)
There will not be generation of municipal solid waste.
Quantity of commercial waste will be generated and sent
to TSDF site for final disposal.
4.3
Hazardous wastes (as per
Hazardous
Waste
Yes
The details of hazardous wastes generation during
operation phase are as follow:
Management Rules)
Type of
waste
Cat. as
per
HWMR
Rules
Quantity, per
Annum*
E
P
T
PhysicalChemical
Form
Method of
Disposal
Process
Waste
23.1
3
MT
2
MT
5
MT
Solid
organic
Collection,
Storage
Transportation
and disposal at
safe TSDF site
Discarded
Drums/
bags
33.3
200
kg
800
Kg
1
MT
SolidInorganic
Decontamina
te and
Reuse/ Sell
11
F
Form- I
Collection,
storage and
used as
lubricant
Used /
within the
0.5
0.5
1.0
LiquidSpent
5.1
premises /
KL
KL
KL Organic
Oil
sell to MoEF
approved
Recycler/
reprocessors
* E-Existing, P-Proposed Expansion, T-Total After Expansion
4.4
Other
industrial
process
No
Not Applicable.
No
There will not be any surplus product.
No
Not Applicable.
Yes
Demolition Wastes: There is no demolition activity is
wastes.
4.5
Surplus product.
4.6
Sewage
sludge
sludge
or
from
other
effluent
treatment.
4.7
Construction
or
demolition
wastes.
proposed; hence no demolition waste will be generated.
Construction Waste: Construction waste will be
generated out of which recyclable waste (metal) will be
sold to the vendors. The inert waste (brick, concrete,
masonry, aggregates etc.) will be used for making of
driveway and pathway within the site.
4.8
Redundant
machinery
or
No
equipment.
All machinery / equipment will be installed as per
requirement, the items not required to be used will be
returned to the supplier.
4.9
Contaminated soils or other
No
Not envisaged
materials.
4.10
Agricultural wastes.
No
Not envisaged
4.11
Other solid wastes.
No
Not envisaged
5.
Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr)
S.
No.
confirmation
No
5.1
Emissions from combustion
Yes
There will be emission from D.G. set, transportation,
of fossil fuels from stationary
Source
or mobile sources.
12
Management
F
Form- I
Transportation
PUC certified vehicles will be used;
plantation
will
be
done
at
the
periphery of the proposed project
and local species will be planted.
20.12% area will be under green
cover.
D.G. set
The D.G. set will be provided with
(125 KVA)
adequate safe stack height of 9 m
from the ground level of the D.G.
house to regulate the emission within
the permissible norms.
5.2
Emissions from production
processes.
Yes
There will be no any process emission generated from
the manufacturing process.
There will be following point source emissions after
proposed expansion
 Thermic Fluid Boiler (3 nos.)
 Steam Boiler (0.6 TPH) and
 DG set (50KVA & 125 KVA), Stand-by
The emission from these sources and control measures
are given in below table:
S.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
13
Source
Thermic
Fluid
Heater - 1
(3.0 Lac
Kcal/Hr.)
Thermic
Fluid
Heater - 2
(6.0 Lac
Kcal/Hr.)
Thermic
Fluid
Heater - 3
(6.0 Lac
Kcal/Hr.)
Steam
Boiler
(0.6 TPH)
Duty Status
Existing Proposed
Working
Stand
by
N.A.
Working
N.A.
N.A.
D.G. Set-1
Stand by
(50 KVA)
D.G. Set-2
(125 KVA)
Stand by
Fuel
Used
Pollutant Chimney
Height
Agro
Waste /
White Coal
/ Imported
Coal
Existing
– 3.2
MT/Day
PM <
150
22
mg/Nm
(Common)
3
Proposed
SO2 <
– 5.8
100
Working MT/Day
ppm
NOx <
Total After
50
Expansion
ppm
- 9.0
Working
MT/Day
Stand by
Diesel
100
Stand by Liters/Day
9
9
F
5.3
Emissions
from
Form- I
materials
Yes
The fugitive emissions will be from vehicular traffic due
handling including storage or
to transportation and material handling therefore only
transport
PUC trucks will be used to minimize this effect.
Haul road emission rate due to transportation are given
below:PM10
0.07 kg/VKmT
PM 2.5
0.01 kg/VKmT
Exhaust gas emission rate due to transportation
5.4
Emissions from construction
Yes
CO
5.45 kg/VKmT
HC
0.78 kg/VKmT
NOx
5.0 kg/VKmT
Fugitive dusts from various activities of construction are
activities including plant and
expected, which will be temporary in nature.
equipment
The fugitive dust emission sources are:
1.Construction operation
Construction operations are significant source of dust
emissions that may have a substantial temporary impact
on local air quality.
Particulate dust emissions from construction are a
function of total land disturbed and the volume of soil
excavated.
2.Road Construction
Particulate dust emissions from road construction
activities are function of the total land disturbed during
construction. The road constructed is used to estimate
the total area disturbed using conversion factors for area
disturbed/road constructed, as a function of road type.
5.5
Dust or odors from handling
of
materials
construction
sewage and waste.
Yes
Construction phase:-
including
During the construction of plant area/office area, dust
materials,
will be generated to the tune of 0.062 kg/sq.m./month*.
During the construction of road, same will be generated
to the tune of 0.027 kg/sq.m./month.
*Data based on one of the research study.
Operation phase:During manufacturing process, no dust and odour will be
14
F
Form- I
generated.
5.6
Emissions from incineration
No
No
No
--
of waste
5.7
Emissions from burning of
waste in open air (e.g. slash
materials,
construction
debris)
5.8
Emissions from any other
sources
6.
Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:
S.
Yes/ Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates,
No.
confirmation
No
6.1
From operation of equipment
No
The noise will be generated from operation of D.G. Sets,
e.g.
engines,
ventilation
compressors and pumps.
plant, crushers
However, adequate noise and vibration control systems
such
as
equipment
foundation
pads,
dampeners,
silencers, acoustic enclosures etc. and air Pre heater will
be provided.
Adequate measures like insulation will be provided for
control heat emission.
6.2
From
industrial
processes
or
similar
Yes
Major sources of noise pollution will be pumps,
operation plant machinery, compressors and D.G. set
etc. Following measures will be adopted to control the
noise and vibration: Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment
reduces excess noise levels.
 Vibrations will be monitored and will be controlled
appropriately.
 Foundations and structures will be designed to
minimize vibrations and noise.
 Installation of barriers between noise source and
receiver can attenuate the noise levels.
 Necessary safety and personal protective equipment
such as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet etc. will be
provided to the workers.
15
F
Form- I
 Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply
with the Factories Act & Rules and will not exceed 75
dB (A) at 1 m distance.
 Implementation of green belt (20.12%) within the
premises of plant will help to absorb the noise.
 The D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt
acoustic enclosure.
 Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually
done to avoid excessive noise generation.
 Proper designed silencer and noise absorbent
acoustic paneling will be fitted with compartments of
machineries/
equipments
&
pumps,
fans,
compressors that are designed for low speed.
 Regular equipment maintenance and better work
habits will be adopted.
6.3
From
construction
and
No
demolition
The construction activities are source of noise pollution.
Noise
will
be
generated
from
the
operation
of
machineries.
Name of source
Concrete
mixer
truck
Concrete pumpers
Concrete Vibrators
Dump truck
Generator
6.4
From blasting or piling
6.5
From
construction
operational traffic
or
Noise Level
at 16 m (50
ft) from
Source in db
(A)
85
Noise level at 10
m from source
(calculated) in
dB (A)
70
77
83
Not
considered
94
101
107
75
(as prescribed by
CPCB)
109
No
--
No
During the construction phase, noise will be generated
from movement of vehicles, earth work, etc. The
construction site will be shielded to avoid the noise
propagation and transportation of the material &
machineries will be carried out at the peak time of the
day.
16
F
Form- I
During operation phase, raw material and products will
be transported at the peak time of the day.
PUC checked vehicle will be used for transportation
purposes.
20.12% of plant area will be under green cover with local
plant and trees species, which in turn would help
reducing the noise levels.
6.6
From
lighting
or
cooling
No
systems
No, Significant contribution of noise/vibration will be from
cooling towers
6.7
From any other sources
No
--
7.
Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the
ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:
S.
No.
confirmation
No
7.1
From handling, storage, use
Yes
The raw materials used in process are classified under
or
spillage
of
hazardous
hazardous chemicals rules. The chemicals handled will
materials
be done systematically. Since, the use of these
chemicals is confined and the risk due to the same also
during consequences will be limited.
7.2
From discharge of sewage or
No
Waste water generated from domestic purpose will be to
other effluents to water or the
the tune of 5.2 KLD. The same will be treated in septic
land (expected mode and
tank followed by soak pit.
place of discharge)
There will be no change in the physical environment as
zero discharge is proposed to be maintained.
7.3
By deposition of pollutants
Yes
Not envisaged.
emitted to air into the land or
into water
7.4
From any other sources
No
No Envisaged
7.5
Is there a risk of long term
Yes
No Envisaged
build up of pollutants in the
environment
from
these
sources?
17
F
8.
Form- I
Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect
human health or the environment
S.
No.
confirmation
No
8.1
From explosions, spillages,
Yes
All types of hazardous substances shall be suitably
storage,
stored in tankages of proper MOCS, adequate safety
handling, use or production of
precautions will be taken and necessary safety gadgets
hazardous substances
shall also be installed as per requirement of safety.
fires
8.2
etc
from
From any other causes
No
Common risk in factories such as
 Electric shock
 Factory explosion
 Fire
 Hot work such as welding & cutting
8.3
Could the project be affected
No
by natural disasters causing
However, the unit will be designed and constructed
considering the impact of floods, earthquakes etc.
environmental damage (e.g.
floods,
earthquakes,
landslides, cloudburst etc)?
9.
Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could
lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing
or planned activities in the locality
S.
No.
confirmation
9.1
Lead
to
supporting
development
cities,
of
No
No
As the proposed project is located within private
ancillary
industrial estate of Changodar Industrial Area of Ta:
development or development
Sanand, which is well developed in terms of supporting
stimulated
infrastructure, housing and industries etc.
by
the
project
which could have impact on
the environment e.g.:

Supporting infrastructure
(roads,
waste
power
or
supply,
waste
water
treatment, etc.)

housing development

extractive industries

supply industries
18
F

9.2
Form- I
other
Lead to after use of the site,
No
Not Concerned
No
Not Concerned
No
Not Concerned
which could have an impact
on environment
9.3
Set a precedent for later
developments
9.4
Have cumulative effects due
to proximity to other existing
or
planned
similar
projects
with
effects
II Environmental Sensitivity (within 15 km radius) –
S.
Areas
No.
1
Areas
protected
international
under
Name/
Aerial distance (within 15kms) proposed project
Identity
location boundary.
None
Not Concerned
None
Not Concerned
None
Not Concerned
None
Not Concerned
None
Not Concerned
conventions,
national or local legislation for
their
ecological,
landscape,
cultural or other related value
2
Areas which are important or
sensitive
for
ecological
reasons
-
Wetlands,
watercourses or other water
bodies,
coastal
zone,
biospheres, mountains, forests
3
Areas
used
important
by
protected,
or
sensitive
species of flora or fauna for
breeding,
nesting,
resting,
over
foraging,
wintering,
migration.
4
Inland,
coastal,
marine
or
underground waters
5
State, National boundaries
6
Routes or facilities used by the Railway
Station:
19
Changodar : @ 1.0 Km West aerially
F
Form- I
Ahmedabad : @ 28 Km NE aerially
7
public for access to recreation International
Domestic
or other tourist, pilgrim areas
Airport
National
Highway
Defense installations
None
--
8
Densely populated or built-up Changodar
@ 1.0 KM away from project site
area
Ahmedabad
22.0 KM NE away from the project site
Hospitals,
8 km towards North-East from the site
9
Areas occupied by sensitive
man-made
land
uses
(hospitals, schools, places of
worship, community facilities)
NH – 8A : @ 0.5 Km West aerially
recreational
places,
temples,
shops,
educational
institution
facilities are
well
developed in
Ahmedabad
10
Areas
containing
high
quality
resources
important,
or
scarce
(ground
water
None
--
resources, surface resources,
forestry, agriculture, fisheries,
tourism, minerals)
11
Areas already subjected to
Yes
The project site is located in Ahmedabad
environmental
District, which falls at about 10.8 Km in WSW
damage. (those where existing
from Piplej Village and 14.7 Km in WSW from
legal environmental standards
Narol Industrial Area. A map showing location
are exceeded)
of project site in Ahmedabad District and
pollution
or
indicating distance form Piplej Village and
Narol Industrial Area.
12
Areas susceptible to natural
Site falls in
As per the earth quake sensitivity index the unit
hazard which could cause the
Ahmedabad
is
project
to
present
environmental
problems
(earthquakes,
subsidence,
District
situated
in
area
–
III
category
and
considering the same unit will be designed.
There is no other threat for the natural hazard.
20
F
Form- I
landslides, erosion, flooding
or extreme or adverse climatic
conditions)
"I hereby give undertaking that the data and information given in the application and
enclosure are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and I am aware that if any
part of the data and information submitted is found to be false or misleading at any
stage, the project will be rejected and clearance give, if any to the project will be
revoked at our risk and cost.
Date:
Mr. Nirav K. Pathak
(Partner)
Nirav Chemical Industries
Plot no: 44/1,
Sarkhej-Bavla Highway,
Village: Changodar,
Place:
21
EIA-EMP
REPORT
SECTION I
INTRODUCTION
Section-I Introduction
SECTION-I
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page No.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.0
PREAMBLE
24
1.1
GENERAL INFORMATION ON CHEMICAL & RESIN INDUSTRY
25
1.2
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE
26
1.3
1.4
GENERIC
STRUCTURE
OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
27-36
IMPACT
36
ASSESSMENT DOCUMENTS
1.5
POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING
37
1.6
37
1.7
38
1.8
39
1.9
39
1.10
INFRASTRUCTURE
42
1.11
42
1.12
SCOPE OF WORK
42
*************
Enkay Enviro Services, Jaipur
23
INTRODUCTION
1.0
PREAMBLE
The word “Environment” is defined to include everything external to man /organism. It covers
the region, surroundings, or circumstances in which anything exists. Environment is an
important and essential part of the development. It plays an essential role in overall
development of the country. Development, which keeps environment with itself, called
sustainable development. Today, environment is degrading and exploiting by many ways. Thus,
the Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoE&F) had formulated its policies & rules and made new
policies & rules regarding operation of the industries to achieve sustainable development and to
prevent slapdash exploitation of natural resources. Gazette Notification (14th Sept. 2006 and
subsequent amendment) is the part of it.
Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment report is now essential for similar kind of
industrial Project. An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible
impact—positive or negative—that a proposed project may have on the environment, together
consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects.
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a tool used to identify the environmental, social and
economic impacts of a project prior to decision-making. It is said to be the instruments through
which the environmental management tries to accomplish its objective. It aims to predict
environmental impacts at an early stage in project planning and design, find ways and means to
reduce adverse impacts, shape projects to suit the local environment and present the
predictions and options to decision-makers.
By using EIA both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved, such as reduced cost
and time of project implementation and design, avoided treatment/clean-up costs and impacts of
laws and regulations.
The key elements of an EIA are (a) Scoping: identify key issues and concerns of interested
parties; (b) Screening: decide whether an EIA is required based on information collected; (c)
Identifying and evaluating alternatives: list alternative sites and techniques and the impacts
of each; (d) Mitigating measures submitting with uncertainty: review proposed action to
prevent or minimize the potential adverse effects of the project; and (e) Issuing environmental
statements: report the findings of the EIA.
24
1.1
GENERAL INFORMATION ON CHEMICAL & RESIN INDUSTRY
Chemical industry is one of the oldest industries in India. Volume of Production in chemical
industry positions India as third largest producer in Asia (next to China and Japan), and twelfth
largest in the world. The chemical industry accounts for about 13% share in the manufacturing
output and around 5% in total exports of the country. The chemical industry contributes around
20% of national revenue by way of various taxes.
Composites industry in India after recording impressive growth during last 5 years is now poised
for a take-off. In the past few years the industry has witnessed a growth rate of more than 15%.
Many international companies have maintained a regional base in India, taking advantage of the
territory's well-established business infrastructure. India now has global players in both the
material supply chain as well as fabricators. It gives leeway to the companies to explore both
the domestic market as well as supply the world market with products made in India.
Gujarat is the major contributor to the chemical industries. Chemical industry produces both
inorganic chemicals and organic chemicals, including bulk petrochemicals, other chemical
intermediates, plastic resins, synthetic resins, synthetic rubber, man-made fibers, dyes and
pigments, printing inks etc. The industry, comprising both small scale and large units (including
MNCs) produces several thousands of products.
Resin is a natural or synthetic compound that begins in a highly viscous state and hardens with
treatment. Typically, it is soluble in alcohol, but not in water. The compound is classified in a
number of different ways, depending on its exact chemical composition and potential uses.
Natural resin comes from plants. Humans have been using natural resins for thousands of
years. It has been used to seal boats, mummies, food containers. It has also been used as a
component in varnish, lacquer, inks, perfumes, jewelry and many other objects. With human
technological advances came the realization that this material could be formulated
into polymers, and the discovery of synthetic resins followed shortly after. For the most part,
polymers made with “resins” are actually made with synthetics, which are cheaper and easier to
refine. Synthetic varieties are much more stable, predictable, and uniform than natural ones as
well, since they are made under controlled conditions without the possibility of the introduction
of impurities.
The synthetic resin industry is quite mature and is predominantly characterized by well-known
and established products, applications and processes. The main applications are in FRP,
transportation vehicles, pipes, tanks, consumer goods, marine accessories, paints and coating,
electrical and electronics, construction, wind turbine, adhesive, etc. Resin market is expected to
grow in near future because of new applications and demands. As wind energy and construction
25
market have shown highest growth in last few years. Over the next 5 years, total resin
consumption across the globe is expected to continue strong growth momentum at 6.3%.
1.2
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS
The proposed project fall under Category: 5(f)-A as per the Environmental Impact Assessment
notification, dated 14/09/06 and further amended vide SO-3067 (E) dated 01/12/09 of Ministry
Of Environment And Forest (MoEF), New Delhi and hence requires prior environmental
clearance from Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), New Delhi. The rapid EIA studies are
carried out as a part of process to obtain Environmental Clearance Certificate for the proposed
project.
The process for obtaining Environmental Clearance for the proposed projects as per EIA
Notification – 2006 is as under:Fig 1.1
Environmental clearance process chart
26
1.3
The application for the Environmental Clearance for proposed expansion project of Nirav
Chemical Industries for the manufacturing of Synthetic Resin has been submitted to the Ministry
of Environment & Forests dated 13/12/2010. Subsequently the presentation has been
conducted regarding the proposed project and TOR at MoEF, New Delhi on 24/03/2011 and
MoEF has issued TOR on dated 03/05/2011 vide letter no. J-11011/85/2011-IA II (I). The point
raised in the TOR issued by MOE&F is attended as under:-
TOR
POINTS MENTIONED IN TOR
Ref.
ISSUED BY MoEF
1.
Executive summary of the project
2.
Justification of the project
IMPLEMANTAATION /PLAN
The summary of the project is given in Section XI
of EIA/EMP report.
Synthetic Organic Resin are used widely for
1) To manufacture FRP/Composite Raw Materials
2) To manufacture Paints and coatings
3) To manufacture adhesive
4) For Textile sizing
Volume consumption of Synthetic Organic Resin is
estimated to be around 900,000 to 1,000,000 tons
per year. The market has been growing at about
15% per year in both value and volume terms.
There is a quite considerable gap between supply
and demand. Very few players are in the market
who can offer continuous supply. The company
wants to bridge this gap between demand and
supply by expanding the production capacity and
thereby, making good business.
The promoters background is given in details in
EIA/EMP report in Section- I, Point no. 1.7
 The unit is an existing unit and in operation since
2011.
 The unit has obtained DIC certificate vide letter
no. DIC/RAJ/EM/Part-2/382, dated 19/01/2011
for manufacturing Aromatic Chemicals Indole to
the tune of 24 TPA.
 The land registry document (Copy of Index-2)
has been obtained. The copy of same is
enclosed as Annexure-I.
3.
Promoters and their back ground
4.
Regulatory framework
5.
A map indicating location of the A critically polluted area Village Piplej & Narol,
27
project
and
distance
severely polluted area
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
from Ahmedabad (Narol Industrial Area) falls at about
10.8 Km & 14.7 Km respectively from the project
site. A map showing distance between Project Site
and Narol Industrial Area in Ahmedabad is shown
in Figure 1.3, Section-I of EIA/EMP report.
Project location and plant layout
The project site is located at Plot No. 44/1,
Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla
Highway, Vil. Changodar, Ta. Sanand, Dist.
Ahmedabad and site falls in geological survey of
India of Toposheet No. F43/G-5 (46/B-5). Point 1.9
in the same Section I is about Project location and
Topographical Map showing the project site and
10 km study area is enclosed as Annexure- IV.
The plant layout is given in Point 2.2 of Section II.
Infrastructure facilities including Point 1.10 in the same Section I is about
power sources
infrastructure facilities available and details about
water source and power source is given in Point
2.6 & Point 2.7 of Section II respectively
Total cost of the project along The existing project cost is about 111.67 lakh and
with total capital cost and proposed project cost is estimated at Rs. 290.43
recurring
cost/annum
for lakh. About Rs. 15 lakh is estimated for the
environmental pollution control environment protection measures each as capital
measures
cost and for annual recurring cost.
Project site location along with Topographical Map showing the project site and
site map of 10 km area and site 10 km study area is enclosed as Annexure- IV.
details
providing
various
industries, surface water bodies,
forests etc
Present land use based on The land use/Land cover analysis based on
satellite imagery for the study satellite imagery has been described in EIA/EMP
area of 10 km radius
report in Section- III, point no. 3.3.4
Location of National Park / Wild There is no protected area notified under the Wild
life sanctuary / Reserve Forest Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco - sensitive area
within 10 km radius of the project notified under Section 3 of the Environment
(Protection) Act – 1986 within 10 Km radius areas
from the Plant Site.
The copy of Topographical map showing the same
is enclosed as Annexure- IV.
28
12.
13.
Details of the total land and
break-up of the land use for
green belt and other uses
Particular
Administrative Area &
Lab
Green Belt
Store & Labour Room
Raw Material & Product
Storage and Handling
Area
Process Plant
Utility
Hazardous Waste
storage Area
Open or Road Side Area
Total
Area
(Sq. m)
Percentage
(%)
125.00
5.06
497.00
146.00
20.12
5.91
485.60
19.66
492.20
242.00
19.93
9.80
30.20
1.22
452.00
2470.00
18.30
100.00
Detailed break-up of the land use is given in
EIA/EMP report in Section- II, Table: 2.1
List of products along with the The list of products has been mentioned in
production capacities
EIA/EMP report , Section- II, Point no. 2.5
Product
Alkyd Resin
Saturated
Polyester Resin
Epoxy Resin
Vinyl Ester Resin
By-Product
Methanol
14.
15.
Detailed list of raw material
required and source, mode of
storage and transportation
Manufacturing process details
along with the chemical reactions
and process flow chart
Production
Capacity, TPM
2000
300
63.0
The details of raw material requirements, source
and transportation has been mentioned in SectionII, point no. 2.3 & 2.4 of EIA/EMP report.
The manufacturing process along with mass
balance and reactions has been mentioned in
Section- II, point no. 2.10 of EIA/EMP report.
29
16.
Site-specific micro-meteorological
data using temperature, relative
humidity, hourly wind speed and
direction and rainfall is necessary
The metrological data has been collected from
IMD for the nearest observatory at Ahmedabad.
The summary of the site specific metrological data
is as follows:
Parameter
Max
Min
0
Temperature ( C)
29.9
19.2
Relative Humidity (%)
96
20
Wind Speed (m/sec)
10
0.56
Rainfall (in)
0.00
Predominant direction Blowing from NE to SW
17.
Ambient air quality monitoring at
6 locations within the study area
of 5 km., aerial coverage from
project site as per NAAQES
notified on 16th September,
2009. Location of one AAQMS in
downwind direction
The ambient air monitoring at 6 locations within 5
km has been done by NABL Approved Laboratory.
The copy of the same is enclosed as AnnexureVII. The details of AAQ Monitoring station is given
below:-
Location
Code
18.
Location Name
S1
Project Site
S2
Vishalpur
S3
Changodar
Industrial Area
S4
Tajpur
S5
Changodar
S6
Navapura
GPS
Coordinates
22°55'43.72"N
72°27'11.76"E
22°54'43.06"N
72°29'14.86"E
22°55'24.82"N
72°26'44.14"E
22°54'10.49"N
72°27'00.32"E
22°55'51.92"N
72°26'48.02"E
22°56'53.32"N
72°26'56.35"E
One season site-specific micrometeorological
data
using
temperature, relative humidity,
hourly wind speed and direction
and rainfall and AAQ data
(except monsoon) for PM10, SO2,
NOX including VOCs should be
collected. The monitoring stations
should take into account the predominant
wind
direction,
population zone and sensitive
receptors including reserved
forests. Data for water and noise
monitoring should also be
included.
Direction w.r.t
Project Site
Distances w.r.t
Project Site (km)
--
--
ESE / 118°
3.95 Km
SW / 230°
0.95 Km
S / 190°
2.88 Km
W / 280°
0.80 Km
NNW / 340°
2.17 Km
The One season monitoring data has been
collected during Post monsoon-2012. The copy of
same is enclosed as Annexure VII. The summary
of Ambient Air Monitoring Data is given below:-
30
21.
22.
23.
24.
PM2.5
g/m3
SO2
g/m3
NOx
g/m3
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
S1-Project Site
84.6
67.1
32.5
19.2
27.8
22.1
21.2
14.3
BDL
S2-Vishalpur
72.9
54.3
26.6
16.8
20.4
15.2
21.9
13.2
BDL
S3-Changodar
Industrial Area
91.2
73.2
42.5
26.5
31.5
25.6
21.9
16.6
BDL
S4-Tajpur
86.3
61.8
39.5
22.4
29.2
23.2
27.8
22.3
BDL
S5-Changodar
82.3
62.3
32.1
17.6
24.3
18.1
31.9
26.1
BDL
S6-Navapura
64.2
48.9
23.3
14.5
18.9
15.2
19.8
13.2
BDL
NAAQS*
20.
PM10
g/m3
VOCas
Benzene
g/m3
Locations
19.
100
60
Air pollution control measures
proposed for the effective control
of gaseous emissions within
permissible limits
80
80
5
The air pollution control measures have been
elaborated in Section- IV, point no. 4.2.3 in
EIA/EMP report. The unit has installed Multi
Cyclone Separator to TFH-1 and after proposed
expansion the unit will install individual Multi
cyclone separator followed by common Bag Filter
to TFH-2 & 3 and Multi cyclone separator to steam
boiler as an air pollution control measures to
control the emission of particulate matter. Stack of
adequate height will also be installed for all the
point source for effective dispersion of gaseous
emission.
Name of all the solvents to be Not applicable.
used in the process and details of
solvent recovery system
Design
details
of
ETP, Not Applicable. As there is no effluent generation
incinerator, if any along with form the industrial activities.
control of Dioxin & Furan, boiler,
scrubbers/bag filters etc.
Details of water and air pollution The mitigation plan for water and air pollution has
and its mitigation plan
been elaborated in Section- IV point no. 4.2 and
4.3 respectively.
Action plan to control ambient air Action plan to control ambient air quality has been
quality
as
per
NAAQES mentioned in Section- IV, point no. 4.2 of
Standards notified by the Ministry EIA/EMP report.
on 16th September, 2009
An action plan to control and The mitigation measures and management plant
monitor
secondary
fugitive for fugitive emission during construction phase and
emissions from all the sources as operation phase has been elaborated in Sectionper the latest permissible limits IV point no.4.2.3 of EIA/EMP report.
issued by the Ministry vide
31
25.
G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th May,
2008.
Determination of atmospheric
inversion level at the project site
and assessment of ground level
concentration of pollutants from
the stack emission based on sitespecific meteorological features.
Air quality modeling for proposed
plant
26.
Permission for the drawl of 9.0
m3/day water from the industrial
estate water supply. Water
balance chart including quantity
of effluent generated recycled
and reused and discharged.
27.
Action plan for Zero Discharge of
effluent should be included.
The air quality modelling for the proposed plant
has been elaborated in Section- IV, point no.
4.2.2. The Details of incremental concentration of
various pollutants likely to be generated from the
proposed project viz. PM10, SO2 and NOx and its
resultant impact on sensitive locations like
habitations has been elaborated in Table 4.2 &
4.3.
The Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental
GLC are presented in Figure 4.1 to 4.3.
The daily fresh water demand after proposed
expansion will be increased up to 19.5 KLD only,
thus there is no requirement of CGWA permission.
The water supply will be met through common
infrastructure of industrial estate (estate’s common
bore well). The water chart for the proposed
project is given below:
There will not be any effluent generation from the
manufacturing activity and about 1.1 waste water
32
28.
Ground water quality monitoring
minimum at 6 locations should be
carried out. Geological features
and Geo-hydrological status of
the study area and ecological
status (Terrestrial and Aquatic)
will be generated from Cooling tower and Steam
boiler, which will be reused on land for
gardening/plantation purpose within premises.
Hence the unit will maintain as "Zero Effluent
Discharge."
Ground water quality monitoring at 6 locations
within 5 km has been done by NABL Approved
Laboratory. The details of Monitoring station are
given below and the analysis result has been
described in Section-III, Point no. 3.4.2 of
EIA/EMP report.
The Geological features and Geo-hydrological
status of the study area has been described in
EIA/EMP report Section-III, Point no. 3.3.2 and
3.4.1 respectively. The ecological status has
been described in Section-III, Point no. 3.7 of
EIA/EMP report.
Location
Code
29.
Location Name
S1
Project Site
S2
Vishalpur
S3
Changodar
Industrial Area
S4
Tajpur
S5
Changodar
S6
Navapura
S7
NH-8A
GPS
Coordinates
22°55'43.72"N
72°27'11.76"E
22°54'43.06"N
72°29'14.86"E
22°55'24.82"N
72°26'44.14"E
22°54'10.49"N
72°27'00.32"E
22°55'51.92"N
72°26'48.02"E
22°56'53.32"N
72°26'56.35"E
22°55'54.64"N
72°26'59.51"E
The details of solid and
hazardous wastes generation,
storage, utilization and disposal
particularly
related
to
the
hazardous waste calorific value
of hazardous waste and detailed
characteristic of the hazardous
waste. Action plan for the
disposal of fly ash generated
from boiler should be included.
Direction
w.r.t Project
Site
Distances w.r.t
Project Site (km)
--
--
ESE / 118°
3.95 Km
SW / 230°
0.95 Km
S / 190°
2.88 Km
W / 280°
0.80 Km
NNW / 340°
2.17 Km
WNW / 302°
0.5 Km
The detail regarding the hazardous waste
generation and its management has been
mentioned in Section- IV, point no. 4.4. The
anticipated quantity of hazardous waste with its
management is given below:Agro Waste / White Coal / Imported Coal will be
used as a fuel for the Thermic Fluid Heaters and
steam boiler. Thus, fly ash generation will be very
negligible.
33
Waste
Source
Type of
waste
Category
as per
HWMR
Rules
Quantity, per
Annum*
E
P
T
PhysicalChemical
Form
Method of
Disposal
Process
Process
Waste
23.1
3
MT
2
MT
5
MT
Solid
organic
Collection,
Storage
Transportation
and disposal at
safe TSDF site
Raw
Material
Storage &
Handling
Discarded
Drums/bags
33.3
200
kg
800
Kg
1
MT
SolidInorganic
Decontaminate
and Reuse/ Sell
LiquidOrganic
Collection,
storage and used
as lubricant within
the premises / sell
to MoEF approved
Recycler/
reprocessors
Plant and
Machineries
Used /
Spent Oil
5.1
0.5
KL
0.5
KL
1.0
KL
30.
Explore the possibility to use fuel
other than wood.
31.
Precautions to be taken during
storage and transportation of
hazardous chemicals should be
clearly
mentioned
and
incorporated
32.
A copy of the Memorandum of
Understanding
signed
with
cement manufacturers indicating
clearly that they will utilized all
the organic solid waste generated
Details of captive land fill along
with design details as per CPCB
guidelines, if applicable. Location
of secured land fill/TSDF. Ground
water monitoring around the
project site as well as around
33.
The unit will not use wood directly as fuel, however
they proposes use Agro Waste and/or White Coal
and/or Imported Coal as a fuel for the Thermic
Fluid Heaters and Steam Boiler.
 The handling of the raw material and hazardous
chemicals will be allowed for well-trained
personals only.
 The chemicals which will be hazardous will be
properly marked with danger sign.
 All the chemicals will be transported in closed
barrels and bottles only.
 The risk assessment for the proposed project has
been done and mentioned in Section- VII of
EIA/EMP report
There will not be generation of any organic solid
waste from the process, which can be utilized by
the cement industry. Thus the MOU with cement
industry is not required.
There will not be provision of any captive land-fill
facility and for the disposal of hazardous waste the
unit will become the member of any GPCB
approved CHWIF/TSDF site.
34
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
land fill site.
Authorization/Membership for the
disposal of liquid effluent in CETP
and solid/hazardous waste in
TSDF.
List of hazardous chemicals (as
per MSIHC rule) with toxicity
levels.
Risk assessment for storage for
chemicals/solvents
and
phosgenes. Action plan for
handling & safety system,
whenever any cyanide is involved
in process.
A note on arrangement for
monitoring Phenol Formaldehyde
in the work zone.
An action plan to develop green
belt in 33 % area
Action
plan
for
rainwater
harvesting measures at plant site
should be included to harvest
rainwater from the roof tops and
storm water drains to recharge
the ground water
Occupational health of the
workers
needs
elaboration
including evaluation of noise,
heat, illumination, dust, any other
chemicals,
metals
being
suspected in environment and
going into body of workers either
through inhalation, ingestion or
through skin absorption and
steps taken to avoid musculoskeletal
disorders
(MSD),
backache, pain in minor and
major
joints,
fatigue
etc.
Occupational hazards specific
pre-placement and periodical
monitoring should be carried out.
Socio-economic
development
activities should be in place
There is no liquid effluent generation thus no
Membership of CETP is required.
The unit will become the member of any GPCB
approved CHWIF/TSDF site of the final disposal of
hazardous waste.
List of all the Hazardous chemicals with necessary
details has been mentioned Under Table-7.1, 7.2
& 7.3 in Section- VII, Point no. 7.2.1.
The risk assessment study has been conducted
for all hazardous chemicals and elaborated in
Section- VII of EIA/EMP report. The cyanide and
phosgenes will not be involved anywhere in the
process.
Monitoring of VOCs in the work/process area has
been mentioned in Section- VI, Point no. 6.2.2 &
6.3.1.
The green belt action plan has been mentioned in
Section-X point no. 10.3 of EIA/EMP report.
The details regarding Rain water harvesting
scheme has been described in Section-IV, point
no. 4.3.3. The Sectional view of the proposed rain
water harvesting structure is given as Figure 4.5,
Section-IV of EIA/EMP report.
The occupational health & safety plan has been
elaborated in Section-VII, point no. 7.7 of
EIA/EMP report.
Various CSR activities proposed for the Socioeconomic development of the region has been
given in Section-X, Table: 10.1of EIA/EMP report.
35
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
1.4
The socio economic environment study has been
elaborated in Section- VII, point no. 7.8 of
EIA/EMP report.
Detailed
Environment A separate chapter on Environment Management
management Plan (EMP) with Plan has been incorporated in EIA/EMP report as
specific reference to details of air Section- X.
pollution control system, water &
wastewater
management, A separate chapter on Environmental Monitoring
monitoring
frequency, Programme has been incorporated as Section- VI
responsibility and time bound in EIA/EMP report.
implementation plan for mitigation
measure should be provided
EMP should include the concept The detailed EMP has been mentioned in
of waste-minimization, recycle / Section- X of EIA/EMP report
reuse / recover techniques,
Energy conservation, and natural
resource conservation
Any litigation pending against the No, there no litigation pending in the court of law to
project and/or any direction/order the best extent of our knowledge.
passed by any Court of Law
against the project, if so, details
thereof
Public hearing issues raised and The same will be complied
commitments made by the
project proponent on the same
should be included separately in
EIA/EMP Report in the form of
tabular chart with financial budget
for
complying
with
the
commitments made
A tabular chart with index for The same has been complied
point wise compliance of above
TORs
GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
DOCUMENTS
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a well planned process to predict the environmental
consequences of any kind of development, which is result of human activities and to suggest
appropriate measures in order to reduce adverse effects and also to augment positive effects.
The EIA procures a rational and ethical approach for sustainable development. However, it is
more scientific process because it not only tells the past, present and the future consequences
36
of going on development , but also predicts the future events which likely to change due to
some reasons.
In terms of the EIA notification of the MOEF dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent
amendment on 01.12.09 and 04.04.2011, the generic structure of EIA documents shall be as
under:-
1.5

Introduction

Project Description

Description of the Environment

Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures

Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Environmental Monitoring Program

Additional studies

Project benefits

Environmental Cost benefits Analysis (Only if recommended at scoping stage)

EMP

Summary & Conclusion

Disclosure of Consultant Engaged
POST ENVIROENMTAL CLEARNCE MONITOIRNG
This is a new project; hence post-environmental clearance monitoring is not applicable.
Although, the project management will submit half-yearly compliance reports of the stipulated
prior environmental clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1st December of each
calendar year.
1.6
Synthetic resins are materials with similar properties to natural resins. They are viscous liquids
capable of hardening. They are typically manufactured by esterification or soaping of organic
compounds. The classic variety is epoxy resin, manufactured through polymerization-poly
addition or poly condensation reactions, used as a thermoset polymer for adhesives and
composites. Epoxy resin is two times stronger than concrete, seamless and waterproof.
Accordingly, it has been mainly in use for industrial flooring purposes. Alkyd resins are synthetic
resin made from a Dicarboxylic acid, such as Phthalic acid, and Diols or Triols.
Synthetic Organic Resin like Unsaturated Polyester Resin, Alkyd Resin, Saturated Polyester
Resin, Epoxy Resin and Vinyl Ester Resin, which is mainly used in following application,
37
1.
To manufacture FRP/Composite Raw Materials
2.
To manufacture Paints and coatings
3.
To manufacture adhesive
4.
For Textile sizing
Paints and their allied products like enamels, varnishes, pigments, printing inks and synthetic
resins protect national assets from corrosion. These are increasingly being used in automotive,
engineering and consumer durable sectors. Thus, economic development has a direct bearing
on the paint industry. The paint industry is constantly upgrading its technology to meet the
changing needs of the consumers.
Estimates for the value of the Indian coatings market differ depending on the source. Market
research firms put the total value of sales at $2.4-$2.7 billion dollars, while domestic paint
manufacturers believe the figure to be as much as $3.2-$3.5 billion. Volume consumption is
estimated to be around 900,000 to 1,000,000 tonnes per year. The market has been growing at
about 15% per year in both value and volume terms and that a rate of 12-15% should be
maintainable for the foreseeable future. In general, sales of coatings increase at a rate
approximately 1.5-2 times that of the overall growth rate for the Indian economy.
The requirements of these products are increasing day by day looking to its wide application
and uses. In view of the growing market demand, the proposed project of the unit for the
manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resin is surely feasible.
1.7
Main promoters of the company have very good manufacturing experience and have sound
financial background. The one of the promoter of the company, Mr. Nirav K. Pathak is having
good experience of 10 yrs. in this field of industrial operation and sound knowledge of resin
manufacturing and chemical process. The senior person of the company, Mr. Kiritbhai V. Pathak
having good experience of 35 yrs. in field of marketing business development. The list of the
directors /promoters of the company is given in the following Table 1.1.
38
Table 1.1:
List of Promoters/Partners
Sr.
No.
Name of the Partner
Qualification
Experience,
Years
Designation In
The Company
B.Com.
35
Partner
1.
Mr. Kiritbhai V. Pathak
2.
Mr. Nirav K. Pathak
B.Sc.
10
Partner
3.
Mrs. Sonal K. Pathak
B.A.
20
Partner
4.
Mrs. Nehal K. Pathak
B.Com.
2
Partner
1.8
M/s. Nirav Chemical Industries is a proposed small scale unit to be located at Plot No. 44/1,
Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla Highway, Vill. Changodar, Ta. Sanand, Dist.
Ahmedabad in Gujarat. At present the unit is manufacturing Synthetic Resin @ 2000
MT/Month by simple formulation activity only. Now the unit proposes to manufacture various
types and grades of Synthetic Organic Resin by chemical synthesis process with the total
production capacity of 2300 MT/Month.
The unit has submitted their application to MoEF, New Delhi on 13/12/2010 to obtain the
environmental clearance along with Form – 1, terms of reference to carry out EIA study and
feasibility cum detail project report. Subsequently the presentation has been conducted
regarding the proposed project and TOR at MoEF, New Delhi on 24/03/2011 and MoEF has
issued TOR on dated 03/05/2011 vide letter no. J-11011/85/2011-IA II (I).
1.9
M/s.
Nirav Chemical Industries is an existing small scale unit located at Plot No. 44/1,
Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla Highway, Vill. Changodar, Ta. Sanand, Dist.
Ahmedabad in Gujarat. The site falls in geological survey of India of Toposheet No. F43/G-5
(46/B-5). The geographical location of the project isLatitude 22°55'44.03"N
N
Longitude 72°27'11.80"E
Latitude 22°55'43.49"N
E
S
W
39
The study area covering 10 km radial distance from the project site is covered under the survey
of India toposheet No. F43/G-5, toposheet No. F43/G-9, toposheet No. F43/G-8 and toposheet
No. F43/A-2.The topographic map showing the project site and the study area is shown in
Figure 1.2.
Fig 1.2
Topographical Map showing 10 km radius
The legible copy of Toposheet is enclosed as Annexure- IV
40
1.9.1 Distance from Severely Polluted Area
As per Office Memorandum (Ref. No. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II(I), dated 13/01/2010) of Ministry of
Environment & Forest, Village Piplej & Narol (Narol Industrial Area) in the Ahmedabad District
is declared as critically polluted area. The project site is located in Ahmedabad District, which
falls at about 10.8 Km in WSW from Piplej Village and 14.7 Km in WSW from Narol Industrial
Area. A map showing location of project site in Ahmedabad District and indicating distance form
Piplej Village and Narol Industrial Area is shown in Figure 1.3. No critically/severely polluted
area falls within the 10 km from the project site.
Figure 1.3
Map Showing Distance of Severely Polluted area from the Project Site
41
1.10
INFRASTRUCTURE
The site is located in the Industrial Area (S Changodar Industrial Estate Changodar Industrial
Estate, Sarkhej-Bavla Highway, Vill. Changodar, Ta. Sanand, Dist. Ahmedabad), which has all
possible amenities that are feasible for industrial projects viability.

City / Town: Ahmedabad: 22.0 Km NE

Railway Station: Changodar : @ 1.0 Km West

International/Domestic Airport: Ahmedabad : @ 28 Km NE

National Highway: NH – 8A : @ 0.5 Km West
1.11
Enkay Enviro Services (EES) was assigned the job of conducting and preparation of
Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) report for
proposed project “Nirav Chemical Industries” is proposes to manufacture various types and
grades of Synthetic Organic Resin by chemical synthesis process with the total production
capacity of 2300 MT/Month.
The baseline data has been collected as per the TOR issued by Ministry of Environment &
Forests.
The baseline data collection involves the data on air quality, water quality, land use, socioeconomic profile of the study area, existing flora, fauna, prevailing noise levels, along with the
physiographical status and meteorological conditions of the area. The current report is based on
the information of the process technology, air emission, effluent generation, discharge and solid
waste management.
An effective plan to mitigate the adverse impacts and suggestive pollution control measures
along with environmental management plan has been summarized. The defined study period
was post monsoon season.
1.12 SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work of REIA/EMP studies of the proposed
expansion
of
“Nirav
Chemical
Industries” is as under:The scope of the work includes detailed characterization of various environmental components
such as micro-meteorology, air, noise, water, land and socio economy within 10 km radius from
the proposed plant. The main objectives of the study are:-
42

To assess the existing baseline status of air, water, noise, land and socio- economic
environment.

To identify and quantify significant impacts due to various operations of the proposed
steel unit on various environmental components through prediction of impacts.

To evaluate the beneficial and adverse impacts of the proposed plant.

To evaluate and implement the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) detailing control
measures and its efficiency to minimize the pollution levels within the permissible norms.

To assess the probable risks, likely to occur in unit and suggest appropriate measures to
avoid the same.

To design an occupational health & safety plan for the employees.

To design post project monitoring plan for regulating the environmental quality within the
limits and help in sustainable development of the area.
****************
43
SECTION II
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
SECTION-II/Project Description
SECTION-II
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page No.
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.0
GENERAL
45
2.1
45
2.2
PLANT LAYOUT
47
2.3
RAW MATERIAL
49
2.4
SOURCE OF RAW MATERIAL
50
2.5
50
2.6
WATER REQUIREMENT
50
2.7
POWER REQUIREMENT
52
2.8
52
2.9
MAN POWER
52
2.10
MANUFACTURING PROCESS
53-65
************
Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur
44
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.0
GENERAL
M/s. Nirav Chemical Industries is an existing small scale unit located at Plot No. 44/1,
Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla Highway, Vil. Changodar, Ta. Sanand,
Dist. Ahmedabad in Gujarat. The proposed project is for the manufacturing of Synthetic
Resin, which is covered under Category – ‘5(f)- A’ as per new EIA Notification of Ministry of
Environment & Forest (MoEF), dtd. 14/09/2006. The unit proposes to manufacture various
types and grades of Synthetic Resin with the total production capacity of 2300 TPM. Resin
begins in a highly viscous state and hardens with treatment. Typically, it is soluble in alcohol,
but not in water. The compound is classified in a number of different ways, depending on its
exact chemical composition and potential uses. The unit will manufacture following Synthetic
Resins.
Sr. No.
Uses
Name of Product
Product (Synthetic Resin)
A-1
FRP/ composite Raw material
A-2
Alkyd Resin
Paint and coatings
B-1
Saturated Polyester Resin
For Textile sizing
B-2
Epoxy Resin
anti corrosive paint
B-3
Vinyl Ester Resin
FRP/ composite Raw material
By-Product
1.
Methanol
Various Industrial application
The total area available at the proposed project site is 2470 m2, out of this the total built up
area is 813 m2 and the open area is 1657 m2. The unit will develop green belt area in 497
m2 (20.12% of total plot area). The proposed project will be set up within the same
premises. The existing project cost is about 111.67 lakh and proposed project cost is
estimated at Rs. 290.43 lakh. About Rs.15 lakh is proposed for the environment protection
measures as capital cost.
2.1
At present the unit is manufacturing synthetic resin (Epoxy resin /polyester resin Epoxy
hardener solution) @ 2000 TPM by formulation activity only. For that they have already
obtained Consent to Operate (CTO/ CC&A) from Gujarat Pollution Control Board. Now, the
unit proposes to manufacture various types and grades of Synthetic Resin by chemical
synthesis process viz. Unsaturated Polyester Resin & Alkyd Resin with the cumulative
production capacity of 2000 TPM and Saturated Polyester Resin, Epoxy Resin & Vinyl
45
Ester Resin with the cumulative production capacity of 300 TPM. The Methanol will be
generated as by-product in the quantity of 63.0 TPM from the manufacturing activity of
Saturated Polyester Resin.
 The unit is located at Plot No. 44/1, Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla
Highway, Vill. Changodar, Ta. Sanand, Dist. Ahmedabad in Gujarat. The site falls in
geological survey of India of Toposheet No. F43/G-5 (46/B-5) and the geographical
location of the project is as below;
N
S
E
W
 The study area covering 10 km radial distance from the project site is given as Figure 2.1
Fig.-2.1:
Google Image showing the area within 10 Km radius from the Project site
Project Site
Villages/Places covered within 10 Km radius area from the project site
1.
2.
3.
4.
Changodar
Sarkhej
Sabarmati River
Visalpur
5.
6.
7.
8.
Tajpur
Matoda
Palwada
Moraiya
9.
10.
11.
12.
46
Moti Devti
Kolat
Navapura
Jivarpura
 All the necessary pollution control measures will be provided for the proposed
expansion.
 Automated filling to minimize spillage will be installed.
 “Closed” feed systems into batch reactors will be practiced.
 The entire manufacturing activities will be carried out in the closed system.
 There will not be any effluent generation from the manufacturing activity and about
1.1 waste water will be generated from Cooling tower and Steam boiler, which will be
reused on land for gardening/plantation purpose within premises. Hence the unit will
maintain as "Zero Effluent Discharge."
 The unit will design and implement the recharging of ground water (Rainwater
harvesting) system voluntarily which will create positive impact to the water
environment.
 The total plot area acquired by the unit is 2470 Sq. m., which is adequate for the
proposed expansion.
 The unit has obtained “Consent to Establish” (CTE/NOC) From Gujarat Pollution
Control Board (GPCB), Gandhinagar for its existing plant for manufacturing of
synthetic resin by formulation process vide letter no. GPCB/ID29266/CCA/ABD/GEN552/74493 dated 07/03/2011. The unit has been granted “Consent to Operate
(CC&A)” by GPCB for its existing product bearing order No. 43074 which is valid up
to 14/04/2016.
 The unit is complying with all the conditions stipulated by the GPCB vide its
permissions in the form of “No Objection Certificate (NOC)” and “Consent to Operate
(CTO / CC&A)”. Copy of both is attached as Annexure-II.
2.2
PLANT LAYOUT
The total plot area acquired by the unit is 2470 Sq. m. Plantation will be developed inside the
unit in an area of 20.12%. i.e. 497 sq. mt. The land use break up the unit is given in Table
2.1 and Key Plan & Factory Layout is given in Fig. – 2.2.
47
Table: 2.1
LAND USE BREAKUP
Sr.
No.
1
Area (Sq.mt.)
Existing Proposed
125.00
Nil
Particular
Administrative Area & Lab
Total
125.00
% of Total
Land
5.06
2
Green Belt
297.00
200.00
497.00
20.12
3
Store & Labour Room
104.00
42.00
146.00
5.91
4
285.60
200.00
485.60
19.66
5
Raw Material & Product Storage
and Handling Area
Process Plant
112.20
380.00
492.20
19.93
6
Utility
166.00
76.00
242.00
9.80
7
Hazardous Waste storage Area
20.20
10.00
30.20
1.22
8
Open or Road Side Area
1360.00
-908.00
452.00
18.30
2470.00
Nil
2470.00
100.00
Total
Figure – 2.2
Key Plan & Factory Layout
Key Plan
Factory Lay out
48
2.3
RAW MATERIALS
Various Raw materials require for manufacturing of proposed product, a detailed list is given
below:
Product
Wise
Group
Maximum
Unsaturated
Polyester Resin
Saturated
Polyester Resin
Unsaturated
Polyester Resin
Alkyd Resin
Saturated
Polyester Resin
Unsaturated
Polyester Resin
Unsaturated
Polyester Resin
Vinyl Ester Resin
Unsaturated
Polyester Resin
Vinyl Ester Resin
0.26
523.00
523.00
0.45
135.00
135.00
0.26
528.00
0.32
630.00
0.49
145.50
145.50
0.16
312.00
312.00
0.40
800.00
800.00
0.45
135.00
135.00
0.00
2.00
2.00
0.01
1.50
1.50
Alkyd Resin
0.29
572.00
572.00
572.00
Alkyd Resin
0.19
380.00
380.00
380.00
Alkyd Resin
0.25
500.00
500.00
Epoxy Resin
0.25
75.00
75.00
Epoxy Resin
0.60
180.00
Vinyl Ester Resin
0.30
90.75
Epoxy Resin
0.15
44.97
Vinyl Ester Resin
0.14
41.25
Epoxy Resin
0.00
Vinyl Ester Resin
Name of Raw Material
Glycol
(MEG/DEG/PG/NPG)
Acid Anhydride
(PA/IPA/PTA/AA)
Maliec Anhydride
Styrene Monomer
Additives
Caster Oil / Linseed Oil
/ Soybean Oil
Glycerin
/
MEG/
Pentaerithritol / NPG /
Trimethalol Propane
Xylene
Epoxy Resin
Bisphenol A
Caustic Soda
Methacrylic Acid
TPM
Kg per
Kg of
Product
Product
5 Sodium Di Methyl
Saturated
Sulfo Isopthate (DMS
Salt)
Polyester Resin
Di Butyl Tin Oxide
Total
658.00
630.00
775
312.00
935.00
3.50
575.00
180.00
180.00
44.97
44.97
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.11
31.50
31.50
31.50
0.27
79.50
79.50
79.50
0.01
3.00
3.00
3.00
49
2.4 SOURCE OF RAW MATERIAL
The raw materials required for the product are easily available in the vicinity of the project
site, because of the proximity to the industrial chemical markets in Gujarat. This will reduce
both the cost of raw material transportation and the associated risk. There will be no solvent
require for the manufacturing of any of the proposed products. The raw material will be
transported through road network at the site. The raw material will be transported in closed
containers or in closed packet.
2.5
Based on the plant and machinery proposed to be installed by the unit, the production
capacity of the unit (continuous process i.e. 3 shifts per day) will be 2300 TPM. The list of
products is as follows.
Sr.
No.
Name of Product/
By-Product
Production
Capacity,
TPM
Batch
Size,
Kg
Batches
per
Month,
Nos.
Purity, %
(By wt)
Yield,
%
2000
10000
200
100%
100%
91-93
100
100%
83
75%
100%
100
100
99%
--
 Product (Synthetic Resin)
A-1
A-2
Alkyd Resin
Saturated
B-1
Polyester Resin
B-2 Epoxy Resin
B-3 Vinyl Ester Resin
 By-Product
1.
2.6
Methanol
300
2000
150
63.0
--
--
WATER REQUIREMENT
The entire water requirement of M/s. Nirav Chemical Industries will be met through common
infrastructure of industrial estate (estate’s common bore well), whose source is ground
water. The total fresh water demand for proposed project will be 10.0 KL/day, which
comprises domestic, gardening and industrial purpose.
As per Guidelines issued by Central Ground Water Authority, Ministry of Water Resources,
New Delhi vide Letter No. 21-4/Guidelines/CGWA/2009-832, Dated 14/10/2009, the unit falls
under Over Exploited Area and Ground water development in the region is greater than
100%. However, the water requirement of the plant is 19.5 KLD only, which does not exceed
the limit of 25.0 KLD as per CGWA guidelines. Thus, it is not mandatory for the unit to obtain
permission from CGWA for the abstraction of ground water through the private suppliers.
The category wise water consumption and waste water generation is given in Table – 2.2.
The water balance diagram is given in Fig. 2.2.
50
Table – 2.2:
Category wise Water Consumption
Water Consumption, KLD
Sr.
Category
No.
Existing
Proposed
Total After
Expansion
1.
Domestic
5.0
1.5
6.5
2.
Gardening
--
1.0
1.0
3.
Industrial
a.
Process
1.0
Nil
1.0
b.
Cooling (make up)
5.0
5.0
10.0
c.
Steam Boiler
0.0
1.0
1.0
6.0
6.0
12.0
11.0
8.5
19.5
Total Industrial
Consumption/Generation
Grand Total
Consumption/ Discharge
Fig. - 2.2:
Water Balance Diagram
(6.5)
Fresh Water
(Source: Bore Well)
(19.5)
(1.0)
Domestic
Gardening
(2.1)
Fresh Industrial
(12.0)
(1.0)
Process
(Vacuum Distillation)
(10. 0)
(1.1)
Loss
(9.0)
Cooling
(Make-Up)
Steam Boiler
(0.1)
(1.0)
(1.1)
Nil
Note: All quantities are expressed in KL/Day.
(1.0)
51
(5.2)
Nil
To soak pit
through
septic tank
2.7
POWER
At present the total connected load of power is about 68 KW and one stand by D. G. Set (50
KVA) has been installed. The total power requirement after the proposed expansion is
estimated to 135 KW which will be fulfilled from the grid power supplied by Madhya Gujarat
Vij Company Ltd. (MGVCL). The unit will also provide one D.G. Set (125 KVA) as a standby to suffice the power requirement in case of main power failure.
Following measures & ways will be taken to save the Electrical Energy:
Energy efficient Fluorescent Lamp T5, CFL will be used which have higher output. 50%
of external landscaped street lights will be supplied through solar panel.

Power factor will be maintained ~0.99 with the capacitor banks. All capacitors will be
provided with Harmonic Filters to avoid distortion in Voltage i.e. Clean Power will be
available.

External lighting will be automatically controlled using timer contactor at external lighting
panel. Led type lights & Sodium vapor lights will be used for external lighting.
2.8
The proposed project has been planned for manufacturing various Synthetic Resin with the
total production capacity of 2300 TPM. The proposed project will be set up within the same
premises and entire development will take about 4 months for completion. The construction
activities for the proposed project will start after obtaining necessary approval from Ministry
of Environment and Forests and State Pollution Control Board (SPCB).
2.9
MAN POWER
The existing project consists a total of 7 employees. Additional 19 Employees are proposed
to be employed during expansion.
Mgmt. Staff
Description
Supervisory
Staff
E
P
-
Administration
E
1
P
1
Plant Operation
-
-
1
Store
Dispatch
-
-
1
1
&
Total
Clerks
E
1
P
2
2
-
-
2
-
1
-
1
1
3
1
3
*E: Existing, P: Proposed
Company
Workers
E
P
1
2
52
Total*
E
3
P
5
8
3
10
1
2
1
4
4
8
7
19
2.10 MANUFACTURING PROCESS
Resins are manufactured in batch process by condensation reaction between acids and
glycols. During reaction water is formed which is regularly removed in order to remove traces
of un-reacted glycols & water. Vacuum is applied. Once the desired parameters are
achieved, the product is cooled and transferred to blender having Styrene Monomer/Xylene
with stirring on. Temperature in blender is not more than 70°C. After achieving all
parameters of resin i.e. acid value, gel time, viscosity, etc.; resins are transferred in barrels.
Manufacturing of each Synthetic Resin is briefly described below;
(A-1) UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESIN
a) Manufacturing Process
 In SS reactor charge Dihydroxy glycol and Dicarboxylic acids. Raise Temperature up to
160 0C with continuous agitation. Reflux at 1600C in about 2 hours (approx). Remove the
reaction water continuously to allow temperature to rise to 210 0C. Check the sample for
acid value.
 Start vacuum distillation for removing access water/volatiles from reactor. Stop vacuum
distraction and start cooling. Add inhibitor. Further cool to 1600C.
 Discharge solid resin from reactor into blender containing styrene monomer. During
discharge resin temperature in blender should not increase 700C. Circulate the water in
jacket of blender to reduce blender temperature. Cool to room temperature. Testing like
viscosity, gel time etc is carried out. Adjust if necessary.
 Weighted & packed in drums or carboys.
53
b) Reaction Chemistry
54
c) Material Balance Diagram
Glycol
Solution: 90
Glycol: 2615
Acid Anhydride: 2640
Maleic Anhydride: 1560
Additives: 10.0
Reactor
Styrene Monomer: 4000
Blender
10000 Kg of Unsaturated
Polyester Resin
 All quantities are expressed in kg
55
Water Distilled
Collection: 915
Drier
Evaporation
Loss: 825
 Summary of Mass Balance for Unsaturated Polyester Resin
Capacity TPM
:
2000
Batch size kg
Working Days Per Month
:
:
10000
26
Quantity
Sr.
No.
Kg/Kg of
Product
TPM
2615.0
0.262
523.000
90.0
0.009
18.000
Kg/Batch
Remarks
 Input
1
Glycol (MEG/DEG/PG/NPG) - Fresh
2
Glycol (MEG/DEG/PG/NPG) - Reuse
3
Acid Anhydride (PA/IPA/PTA/AA)
2640.0
0.264
528.000
4
Maleaic Anhydride (MA)
1560.0
0.156
312.000
5
Styrene Monomer
4000.0
0.400
800.000
6
Additives
10.0
0.001
2.000
Total
10915.0
1.09 2183.000
10000.0
1.000 2000.000
Reactant
 Output
1
Polyester Resin
2
Evaporation loss
3
Glycol (MEG/DEG/PG/NPG) Recovered
Total
825.0
0.083
165.000
90.0
0.009
18.000
10915.0
Finished
Product
Reuse
1.092 2183.000
(A-2) ALKYD RESIN
 Charge Caster oil/ Linseed oil/ Soya bean oil and Glycerin/ MEG/ pentaerithritol/
Neo penta glycol/ trimethalol, along with Pthaliec anhydride/ Maliec anhydride/
adipic acid/rosin into the Reactor.
 Raise Temperature up to 160°C with continuous agitation. Reflux at 16°C in about
2 hours(approx). Remove the reaction water continuously to allow temperature to
rise to 260°C. Check the sample for acid value.
 Start vacuum distillation for removing access water/volatiles from reactor. Stop
vacuum distraction and start cooling. Add inhibitor. Further cool to 160°C.
 Discharge solid resin from reactor into blender containing xylene. Circulate the
water in jacket of blender to reduce blender temperature. Cool to room
temperature.
56
Castor Oil: 2860
Glycerin/MEG/NPG/Penta
erithritol/Methalol
Propane: 1900
Acid Anhydride
(PA/MA/AA/Rosin): 3150
Glycerin
Solution: 40
Water
Distilled
Out: 410
Reactor
90%
Evaporated
Xylene: 2500
Blender
10000 Kg of Alkyd Resin
(Finished product)
Drier
57
Summary of Mass Balance for Alkyd Resin
Capacity TPM
:
2000
Batch size kg
:
10000
:
26
Quantity
Sr.
No.
Kg/Kg
Kg/Batch
of
Product
TPM
Remarks
 Input
1
2
3
4
5
Castor Oil/Linseed Oil/
Soya bean Oil
Glycerin/MEG/Pentaerithritol/
NPG/ Trimethalol Propane - Fresh
Glycerin/MEG/Pentaerithritol/
NPG/ Trimethalol Propane – Reuse
Acid Anhydride
(PA/MA/AA/Rosin)
Xylene
Total
2860.0
0.286
572.000
1900.0
0.190
380.000
40.0
0.004
8.000
3150.0
0.315
630.000
2500.0
0.250
500.000
10450.0
1.045
2090.000
10000.0
1.000
2000.000
410.0
0.041
82.000
40.0
0.004
8.000
10450.0
1.045
2090.0
Reactant
 Output
1
Alkyd Resin
2
Evaporation loss
3
Glycerin/ MEG/ Pentaerithritol/
NPG/ Trimethalol Propane–
Recovered
Total
Finished
Product
Reuse
(B-1) SATURATED POLYESTER RESIN
 Charge Isophthalic acid/purified terephthalic acid and 5 sodium dimethyl
isophthalate, along with di-ethylene glycol/polyethylene glycol and mono ethylene
glycol with di butyl tin oxide in reactor.
 The mass will be heated to 165°C where methanol/water will start coming out and
mass viscosity will be start increasing. The methanol/water will be condensed
and removed. The mass heated up to 200°C and vacuum is applied and excess
glycols and water will be removed. The polymer will be discharged in trays.
 Crushed, pulverized and packed in bags.
58
59
IPA/PTA: 970
DMS Salt: 530
DEG/PG: 450
MEG/NPG: 450
Reactor
Trans Esterification
Reactor
Trays
Crushing
Pulverizing
Packing
2000 kg of Saturated
Polyester Resin
(Finished product)
60
Methanol: 420
 Summary of Mass Balance for Saturated Polyester Resin
Capacity TPM
:
300
Batch size kg
:
2000
:
26
Quantity
Sr.
No.
Kg/Batch
Kg/Kg
of
Product
TPM
970
0.49
145.5
530
0.27
79.5
Remarks
 Input
1
2
IPA/PTA
5 Sodium Di Methyl Sulfo Isopthate
(DMS Salt)
3
DEG/Polyethylene Glycol
450
0.23
67.5
4
Di Butyl Tin Oxide
20
0.01
3.0
5
MEG/NPG
450
0.23
67.5
2420
1.21
363.0
2000
1.00
300.0
420
0.21
63.0
2420.0
1.21
363.0
Total
Reactant
 Output
1
2
Saturated
Polyester Resin
Methanol
Total
Finished
Product
ByProduct
(B-2) EPOXY RESIN
 Charge Epoxy resin and Bisphenol A in reactor. Heat to 170°C and maintain
temperature for 2-4 hours. Check epoxy equivalent weight. Cool it to 80°C. Dilute
it in xylene and cool to room temperature. Testing will be carried out and packed
in drums and carboys.
61
Epoxy Resin: 1200
Bisphenol A: 300
Caustic Soda: 0.2
Reactor
Xylene: 500
Blender
2000 Kg of Epoxy Resin
(Finished product)
62
 Summary of Mass Balance for Epoxy Resin
Capacity TPM
:
300
Batch size kg
:
2000
:
26
Quantity
Sr.
No.
Kg/Batch
Kg/Kg of
Product
TPM
Remarks
 Input
1
Epoxy Resin
1200
0.60
180.0
2
Bisphenol A
300
0.15
45.0
3
Caustic Soda
0.2
0.00
0.03
4
Xylene
500
0.25
75.0
2000
1.00
300.0
2000
1.00
300.0
2000
1.00
300.0
Reactant
Total
 Output
1
Epoxy Resin
Total
Finished
Product
(B-3) VINYL ESTER RESIN
 Charge Epoxy resin and Bisphenol A in reactor. Heat to 170 0C and maintain
temperature for 2-4 hours. Check epoxy equivalent weight. Cool it to 100 0C. Add
Methacrylic acid and additives in reactor. Maintain the temperature for 4-6 hours.
Cool to 80 0C.
 Discharge solid resin from reactor into blender containing styrene monomer.
During discharge resin temperature in blender should not increase 70
0
C.
Circulate the water in jacket of blender to reduce blender temperature. Cool to
room temperature. Testing like viscosity, gel time etc is carried out. Adjust if
necessary.
63
64
Epoxy Resin: 605
Bisphenol A: 275
Methacrylic Acid: 210
Additives: 10
Reactor
Styrene Monomer: 900
Blender
2000 kg of Vinyl Ester Resin
(Finished product)
 Summary of Mass Balance for Vinyl Ester Resin
Capacity TPM
:
300
Batch size kg
:
2000
:
26
Sr.
No.
Quantity
Kg/Batch
Kg/Kg of
Product
TPM
Remarks
 Input
1
Epoxy Resin
605
0.30
90.8
2
Bisphenol A
275
0.14
41.3
3
Methacrylic Acid
210
0.11
31.5
4
Additives
10
0.01
1.5
5
Styrene Monomer
900
0.45
135.0
2000
1.00
300.0
2000
1.00
300.0
2000
1.00
300.0
Reactant
Total
 Output
1
Vinyl Ester Resin
Total
65
Finished
Product
SECTION III
DESCRIPTION OF
THE
ENVIRONMENT
Section-III/ Description of Environment
SECTION - III
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page no.
3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.0
GENERAL
67
3.1
STUDY AREA
67
3.2
LOCATION OF MONITORING STATION
68
3.3
LAND ENVIRONMENT
70-76
3.4
WATER ENVIRONMENT
77-79
3.5
AIR ENVIRONMENT
80-82
3.6
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
83-84
3.7
84-94
3.8
SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
94-107
*************
66
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONEMNT
3.0
GENERAL
The anthropogenic activities related to industrial sector cause impacts on environmental
components in and around the project site. However, the intensity of environmental impacts
vary from project to projects, depends upon several factors like; Physical, Chemical, & other
etc., Involved in the project, processing capacity (scale / size of the project), type and extent
of pollution control measures, project location surrounding geomorphology etc. To assess
environmental impacts from proposed project (specific), it is essential to monitor the
environmental quality prevailing in the surrounding area prior to implementation of the
proposed project. The environmental status (baseline status) within the study area is used
for prediction of anticipated environmental impact assessment study. The impacts from an
existing industrial project on its surrounding environment are due to the nature of pollutants,
their quantities discharged to the environment, existing environmental quality, assimilative
capacity of the surrounding environment and topography.
3.1STUDY AREA
The defined study area includes Taluka Sanand, Daskroi and Dholka in Ahmedabad District
of Gujarat.
1.
General Particular
i
Project Site Latitude (N)
:
Project Site Longitude (E)
:
ii
Study area
:
314 Sq. Km
iii
Taluka
:
1) Sanand
N
22°55'44.03"N
E
22°55'43.49"N
W
22°55'43.54"N
S
22°55'42.95"N
N
72°27'11.80"E
E
72°27'13.06"E
W
72°27'10.88"E
S
72°27'11.87"E
2) Daskroi
iv
District
:
67
3) Dholka
Ahmedabad
2.
Demography
i
ii.
Total Population
:
2,68,686
a) Male
:
1,42,653
b) Female
:
1,26,033
Average Literacy Rate
:
56.18 %
a) Male
:
75.86% (With respect to male
population)
b) Female
:
61.38%. (With respect to female
population)
3.
Climatology (Study Period)
i
Total rainfall (Max in mm)
:
00 mm
ii
Temperature (Max)
:
29.90 C
iii
Temperature (Min)
:
19.20oC
iv
Relative Humidity (Max)
:
96 %
v
Relative Humidity (Min)
:
20 %
o
Source: Demography Data-Census, 2001,Meteorology Data: IMD, Ahmedabad
3.2
LOCATION OF MONITORING STATIONS
As per the EIA guidelines, total7 monitoring stations including project site were selected for
monitoring of Ambient Air, Water, Noise and Soil within the study area covering 10 km radial
distance from the project site. Topographic map showing the project site and the study area
is given as Annexure IV. The monitoring period is post monsoon Season. The monitoring
stations were selected on the basis of surface influence, demographic influence and
meteorological influence.
Table 3.1: Monitoring Locations
Location
Code
Location
Name
GPS
Coordinates
Direction
w.r.t Plant
Site
Distances
w.r.t Plant
Site (km)
Environmental
attributes
monitored*
22°55'43.72"N
--A, GW, S, N
72°27'11.76"E
22°54'43.06"N
S2
Vishalpur
ESE / 118°
3.95 Km
A, GW, SW, S, N
72°29'14.86"E
Changodar
22°55'24.82"N
S3
SW / 230°
0.95 Km
A, GW, S, N
Industrial Area
72°26'44.14"E
22°54'10.49"N
S4
Tajpur
S / 190°
2.88 Km
A, GW, S, N
72°27'00.32"E
22°55'51.92"N
S5
Changodar
W / 280°
0.80 Km
A, GW, SW, S, N
72°26'48.02"E
22°56'53.32"N
S6
Navapura
NNW / 340°
2.17 Km
A, GW, SW, S, N
72°26'56.35"E
22°55'54.64"N
S7
NH-8A
WNW / 302°
0.5 Km
N
72°26'59.51"E
*Note: A–Ambient Air, GW–Ground water, SW-Surface water, N–Noise, S–Soil
S1
Project Site
68
Fig. 3.1
Google Image showing the monitoring location within 5 Km Radius from the project
site
Project Site (S-1)
69
3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT
This section includes the study of natural features like topography, drainage, climate,
hydrology, etc.
3.3.1 Topography
General topography of the study area is fairly plain. No hills or elevated lands are found in
the study area.
3.3.2 Geology
The major portion of the district is covered by recent and sub recent formations. The area is
almost flat covered by brown sandy and clayey soil and has a gentle southerly and south
westerly slope. Geologically, the area forms a part of Cambay basin, therefore, its
subsurface geology has also been deciphered on the lines of main Cambay basin. Whole of
the area is covered under a thick cover of alluvium except a few outcrops of Deccan traps
and lime stones in Dhandhuka taluka.
3.3.3
Drainage
Generally the groundwater flows from north-east to south-west in the study area. There are
16 rivers in the district. Among them the Sabarmati is the principal river of this district and
rest are small rivers. Main River is Sabarmati, which originates from Aravalli Ranges of
Rajasthan and meeting to sea in the bay of Cambay. The total length of this river is 416 km.
It flows for 118km in Ahmedabad district. Except the river Sabarmati, the Khari river a
tributary of Sabarmati and the Meshvo flows through Dehgam and Daskroi talukas. There is
another river called Rodh which flows through Sanand and Dholka taluka. The hydrology
map of the study is showing the canal, water stream and water body is given in Figure 3.2.
70
Fig. 3.2
Hydrology Map of the Study Area
3.3.4
Land-Use analysis
Objectives:-The objectives of land use studies were: To determine the present land use pattern;
 To ascertain the temporal changes in land use and;
 To scrutinize the impacts on land use due to project activities in the study area;
Material and methods:- The details of study area, collection of relevant satellite images,
ground truth observation, and the use of software and analytical tools used in the current
study.
Geographical location of the study area:-The study area comprises of the 10 km radial
area around project site that lie in Village Changodar of Sanand taluka in Ahmedabad
District, which covers Sanand, Daskroi and Dholka Talukas of Ahmedabad District. The total
geographical area of study area is 31,400 ha.
Materials: - The equipment used during the present investigation include ground truth hand
held GARMIN 12 GPS receiver for ground truth collection, besides the visual observation
and analysis.
71
Garmin 12 GPS receiver: - Global Positioning System is based on a constellation of 24
satellites orbiting the Earth at a very high altitude of 20,200 km, which allows anyone with a
GPS receiver to determine the precise 3-D location. It offers advantages of accuracy, speed,
versatility and economy while in use as an aid for position based data collection. GPS owes
its popularity to the dependable high accuracy with which position and time can be
determined. The termination of selective availability from first May 2000 has instantly
increased the accuracy of stand-alone mode GPS to at least five fold and things are going to
get even better in the near future. The GPS was conceived as a ranging system from known
positions of satellites in space to unknown positions on land, sea and space. GPS uses
pseudo ranges derived from the broadcast satellites. The pseudo ranges were derived either
from measuring the travel time of the (coded) signal and multiplying it by its velocity or by
measuring the phase of the signal. The antenna detects the electromagnetic waves arriving
from the satellites, converts the wave energy into an electric current, amplifies the signal
strength and sends the signals to the receiver electronics. The GARMIN 12 GPS Receiver in
stand-alone mode was used to collect the information regarding the geographical location of
the ground truth sites during the present investigation.
Satellite data: - In the present study, land use and land cover information in the study area
has been studied using the satellite image data of 2009 obtained from The Indian Remote
Sensing. The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the project site
has been prepared using IRS ID LISS III satellite image with reference to NRSC Image.
Topographical maps of the study area:-The Survey of India topographical maps ofF43/G5 (46/B-5), F43/A-8 (46/A-8), F43/A-12 (46/A-12) and F43/G-9 (46/B-9)on 1:50,000 scale
covering Sanand, Daskroi and Dholka Talukas of Ahmedabad District of Gujarat were used
as reference maps for georeferencing of the remote sensing data. These maps helped to
select the ground truth collection sites.
Ancillary data: - Information derived from the remotely sensed data can only be verified
using field data. Field data is used to improve the information extraction, to calibrate either
data or the information and to assess the accuracy of the derived information. Field data
used in the study was of different types such as maps of Survey of India, data collected in
the field sampling, and information derived from statistical data from revenue department.
Computer hardware and software: - HP P-4 dual core PC with ERDAS IMAGINE 8.5
image analysis software was used for processing and analysis of the remote sensing data.
Arc view version 3.2 was used for making land use maps.
Ground truth data collection: - The different methods followed while collecting the ground
truth information, digital image analysis are described in the following text.
72
Spatial observations: - Spatial measurements were made with the help of hand held GPS
to get the spatial coordinated along with type of land use.
The raw LISS III spectral information’s was collected in the three bands as detailed below:
Band 2: Green region, 520-570 nm
Band 3: Red region, 620-680 nm and
Band 4: Near infrared region, 770-860 nm
Digital image analysis: - The various steps involved in the digital image analysis of remote
sensing data are as follows.
For digital image processing and analysis, preliminary work like collection of maps, reports,
remote sensing images, collection and study of collateral and ground truth data were done
first. Among all, ground truth data collection is very important for subsequent digital analysis.
The HP P-4 dual core PC with ERDAS IMAGINE 8.5 software was used for processing and
analysis of remote sensing data. The Toposheet of the study area on1:50,000 scale were
scanned and were geometrically corrected in the DATA PREPARATION panel of ERDAS
IMAGINE. The IRS P6 LISS III Image of the study area acquired on July 2002 was loaded
into the ERDAS IMAGINE using the IMPORT option. Later, geometric correction of the
image was done with the help of the geometrically corrected SOI Toposheet and Ground
Control Points (GCPs) collected with the GPS receiver. The raw image data when viewed on
the display showed the difficulty indistinguishing all features. Preliminary interpretation of the
satellite data was conducted and GCPs, which were distributed randomly throughout the
image with minimum root mean square (rms) error of less than 0.5 were selected.
Polynomial transformation of 1st order was used because the correction program runs faster
with it and it also avoids geometric distortion in areas of very few GCPs. After completing
geometric correction of the image, study area boundary overlay was done. The
unsupervised classification was used to prepare the LULC map of the study area.
73
Fig: 3.3
LULC Map
Description of Landuse: - The study area is prominently covered by agriculture land, which
is about 57.01 %. The settlement is mostly confined to the ‘rural & urban settlement’ (built
up-rural) 7.64 % and the total industrial area 7.55 % has noticed in the 10 km study area.
The scrub area constitutes the category of land use covering as much as 5.45 % of the total
area. Active river channels of the study area and its tributaries flowing into it cover about
5.72 % of the total study area. The category of land use land covers result is given below
Table 3.2.
74
Table 3.2
Classification of LULC in study area
Sr.
No.
Land use
1.
Build-up-land
a) Settlement
Area (sq km) Percent (%)
b) Industrial zone
2.
Agriculture Land
a) Crop Land/ Current fellow land
b) Plantation
c) Other Agriculture
3.
Waste Land
a) Land with scrub
b) Land without scrub
4.
7.64
12.08
7.55
91.23
57.01
5.03
3.14
12.84
8.08
8.72
5.45
2.15
1.34
9.16
5.72
6.56
4.1
160
100
Water Body
a) Stream/River/Tank/Reservoir
b) Mudflat
Total
3.3.5
12.23
Soil Quality of the Area
Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth crust that serves as a natural medium for the
growth of the plants. It is the unconsolidated minerals factors. Soil serves as a reservoir of
nutrients of plants and crops. It also provides mechanical anchorage and favorable filth.
3.3.6
Soil Quality Analysis
Data generation
The soil study was carried out to analyze the soil characteristics of the study area. For
studying soil quality of the region Six samples were collected, description of the same as per
Table 3.1.
Soil Quality
Seven soil samples in 10 km radius project Area was collected and analyzed. The analytical
results are given in blow.
75
Table 3.3:
Soil Monitoring Results
Nature of Sample
Date of sampling
Location of Sampling Point
Protocol
Sr.
No.
Parameters
1.
pH (5%
Solution)
2.
Unit
SOIL SAMPLLE
18/10/2012
M/s. Nirav Chemical Industries
Sarkhej-Bawla Highway, Vil. Changodar,
Ta. Sanand, Dist. Ahmedabad
IS: 2720
S3S1S2Changodar
S4Project
Vishal
Industrial
Tajpur
Site
pur
Area
S5Changodar
S6Navapura
--
7.0
6.6
7.2
7.1
7.1
7.0
Bulk Density
gm/cm3
1.14
1.2
1.14
1.13
1.16
1.17
3.
Appearance
---
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
4.
Salinity
ppt
0.088
0.063
0.078
0.066
0.073
0.077
5.
Porosity
%
52
53
58
56
52
54
6.
Water Holding
Capacity
%
30
36
42
44
42.8
40.2
7.
Texture Class
a)
Silt
%
38
36
34
36
32
33
b)
Clay
%
12
9
10
9
12
14
Sand
c)
%
50
55
56
55
56
53
8.
Electrical
Conductivity
ms/cm
123
132
124
133
125
132
9.
Sodium
mg/Kg
75
80
79
82
79
78
10.
Potassium
mg/Kg
30
29
26
28
31
29
11.
Phosphorous
mg/Kg
32
28
41
35
26
38
12.
Magnesium
mg/Kg
68
66
68
65
70
71
13.
Calcium
mg/Kg
235
212
268
322
227
202
14.
SAR
--
6.09
6.79
6.09
5.89
6.48
6.68
15.
Iron as Fe
mg/Kg
30
36
42
44
42.8
40.2
16.
Copper as Cu
mg/Kg
1.6
1.9
1.2
1.6
1.9
1.6
17.
Manganese as
Mn
mg/Kg
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
18.
Nitrogen
mg/Kg
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
19.
Sulphate
mg/Kg
237
243
262
280
265
245
20.
Chloride
mg/Kg
66
59
72
70
68
62
Results & Conclusions
The soil analysis results are presented in above Table 3.3. The result obtained is compared
with the standard soil classification given Agriculture Soil Limits. It has been observed that
the soils are sandy silt in texture and neutral in nature. The nutrient and organic matter
contents are medium and the soil is normally fertile. Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur
76
3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT
3.4.1
Hydrogeology Aspects
Geo hydrologically, major parts of the district consist of alluvial formation. Alluvial formation
is made up of Sand, clay, kankers, silt and gravels. In this formation water is available under
confined and unconfined conditions. Remaining area is made up of Basalt, which is very
poor in ground water availability and yield. Sufficient discharge is available from alluvial
formation. Thickness of Alluvium in north- west part of the area is more. Average depth of
tube-well in eastern part ranges from 90-120 mts and in north- west part it is350 to 400 mts.
Generally water supply schemes in the study area are based on deep tube-wells. Due to
heavy drilling activity and over extraction of ground water since last two decades, there is a
sharp decline in water levels and in the quality of water. In terms of ground water
development Dascroi and Sanand talukas of the study area comes under over exploited
category, where ground water development is more than 100% and Dholka taluka comes
under dark (critical) category, where ground water development is between 90% to 100%.
3.4.2
Water Quality
Methodology
Monitoring locations were finalized on the basis of the following aspects:
Drainage pattern;

Tube wells (utilized for drinking water purposes)

Surface water (if any) in study area; and
Water samples were collected in Pre-sterilized sampling container for Ground water and
Surface water. Chemical and Metals analysis was carried out as per standard Methods,
Published by APHA and BIS. The description of the locations was given in Table 3.1 earlier
in this chapter and the monitoring reports of different location are given as below:
77
Table 3.4:
Water Analysis Report
Project Name
M/s. Nirav Chemical Industries
Plot No. 44/1, Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla Highway,
Vill. Changodar, Ta. Sanand, Dist. Ahmedabad
Nature of Sample
Ground Water
Date of Sample
18/10/2012
Sample Packing
Plastic Carboys
Sample Size
5.0 Liter
S.
No.
Test Method
7.60
7.60
7.80
IS 3025 (Part 11) 1983
---
6.5 – 8.5
6.5-8.5
7.56
7.80
ii
Odour
---
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
IS 3025 (Part 05) 1983
iii
Taste
---
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
IS 3025 (Part 07) 1984
iv
Elec.
Conductivity
Temperature
µs/Cm2
--
--
177.00
168.00
166.00
172.00
182.00
177.00
IS 3025 (Part 14) 1984
ºC
--
--
32
32
32
32
32
32
IS 3025 (Part 09) 1984
Turbidity
NTU
5
10
3.00
2.00
3.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
IS 3025 (Part 10) 1984
Dissolved Solids
mg/l
500
2000
898.00
725.00
1022.00
882.00
763.00
922.00
IS 3025 (Part 16) 1984
mg/l
200
600
310.00
285.00
305.00
295.00
290.00
298.00
IS 3025 (Part 21) 2009
mg/l
75
200
62.12
57.11
61.12
58.92
58.12
59.72
IS 3025 (Part 40) 2009
mg/l
30
No
Relaxation
37.67
34.63
37.06
35.97
35.24
36.21
IS 3025 (Part 46) 2009
mg/l
200
600
230.00
210.00
205.00
210.00
222.00
210.00
IS3025 (Part 46) 2009
mg/l
250
1000
299.33
241.67
340.67
294.00
254.33
307.33
IS 3025 (Part 23) 2009
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
Total Hardness as
CaCO3
Calcium
(as Ca+2)
Magnesium
(as Mg+2)
Alkalinity
-
Chlorides(as Cl )
Desirable
Limit
Permissible
Limit
78
S2 Vishalpur
S6 Navapura
pH
IS: 10500 Requirement
S1Project
Site
S5 Changodar
i
vi
Unit
S4 Tajpur
S3 Changodar
Industrial
Area
7.60
v
Parameters
S.
No.
Parameters
Unit
IS: 10500 Requirement
Permissible
Desirable
Limit
Limit
S1Project
Site
S2 Vishalpur
S3 Changodar
Industrial
Area
S4 Tajpur
S5 Changodar
S6 Navapura
Test Method
xiii
Sulphate as
-2
SO4
mg/l
200
400
55.00
59.00
62.00
63.00
58.00
55.00
IS 3025 (Part 24) 2009
xiv
Nitrates (as NO3-)
mg/l
45
No
relaxation
29.00
30.00
30.00
32.00
33.00
28.00
IS 3025 (Part 34) 2009
xv
Fluoride (as F-)
mg/l
1
1.5
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.25
IS 3025 (Part 60) 2009
xvi
Iron (as Fe)
mg/l
0.3
No
relaxation
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
IS 3025 (Part 53) 2009
xvii
mg/l
0.001
0.002
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
IS 3025 (Part 43) 2009
xviii
Phenolic
compound
COD
mg/l
--
--
< 0.7
15.00
20.00
22.00
20.00
20.00
IS 3025 (Part 58) 2009
xix
BOD
mg/l
--
--
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
IS 3025 (Part 44) 2009
xx
Chromium
(as Cr+6)
mg/l
0.05
No
relaxation
< 0.03
< 0.03
< 0.03
< 0.03
< 0.03
< 0.03
IS 3025 (Part 52) 2009
Copper (as Cu)
mg/l
0.05
1.5
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
IS 3025 (Part 42) 2009
xxii
Lead (Pb)
mg/l
0.01
No
relaxation
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
IS 3025 (Part 47) 2009
xxiii
Zinc (as Zn)
mg/l
5
15
1.85
1.22
1.35
1.30
1.22
1.52
IS 3025 (Part 49) 2009
xxi
Results & Conclusions:
The above monitoring reports show that Dissolved Solids, Total Hardness, Magnesium, Alkalinity and Chlorides in the ground water samples at
all the location is higher than Desirable Limit prescribed under IS: 10500, however all these parameters are within the Permissible Limit
prescribed under IS: 10500. All other parameters are well within the Desirable Limit prescribed under IS: 10500.
79
3.5
AIR ENVIRONMENT
Meteorology
The atmosphere is the medium in which air pollution transported away from the source.
Meteorology influences the way air pollution is dispersed, including wind direction and wind
speed, type of terrain and heating effects. Atmospheric stability affects pollution released
from ground level and elevated sources differently. In unstable conditions, ground level
pollution is readily dispersed thereby reducing ground level concentrations. Elevated
emissions, however, such as those released from a chimney, are returned more readily to
ground level, leading to rise ground level concentrations.
Stable conditions mean less
atmospheric mixing and therefore higher concentrations around ground level sources, but
better dispersal rates, and therefore lower ground level concentrations, for elevated plumes.
Percentage frequencies of wind in 16 directions have been computed from the recorded data
during the study period for 24 hourly intervals to plot wind rose. The pictorial represents the
summary of the wind pattern is given blow of the study period.
Table 3.5:
Micro meteorological data for the study period at project site
Parameter
Max
Min
Temperature (0C)
29.9
19.2
96
20
Wind Speed (m/sec)
10
0.56
Rainfall (in)
0.00
Predominant direction
Blowing from NE to SW
Table 3.6:
Frequency distribution
S.
No.
Wind Classes
(m/s)
Directions
0.5 - 2.1
2.1 - 3.6
3.6 - 5.7
5.7 - 8.8
8.8 - 11.1
>= 11.1
1
348.75 - 11.25
0.000000
0.000000
0.038934
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
3.89340
2
11.25 - 33.75
0.002049
0.000000
0.006148
0.002049
0.008197
0.000000
1.84430
3
33.75 - 56.25
0.006148
0.004098
0.000000
0.049180
0.008197
0.000000
6.76230
4
56.25 - 78.75
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.00000
5
78.75 - 101.25
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.006148
0.018443
0.004098
0.000000
2.86890
0.000000
Total (%)
6
101.25 - 123.75
0.000000
0.002049
0.030738
0.008197
0.000000
4.09840
7
123.75 - 146.25
0.010246
0.004098
0.000000
0.010246
0.084016
0.000000
10.86070
8
146.25 - 168.75
0.002049
0.000000
0.004098
0.002049
0.127049
0.000000
13.52460
9
168.75 - 191.25
0.008197
0.002049
0.000000
0.010246
0.114754
0.000000
13.52460
10
191.25 - 213.75
0.053279
0.002049
0.000000
0.004098
0.026639
0.000000
8.60660
11
213.75 - 236.25
0.149590
0.004098
0.000000
0.004098
0.016393
0.000000
17.41800
12
236.25 - 258.75
0.057377
0.000000
0.000000
0.002049
0.006148
0.000000
6.55740
13
258.75 - 281.25
0.004098
0.051230
0.000000
0.000000
0.004098
0.000000
5.94260
80
14
281.25 - 303.75
0.004098
0.018443
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
2.25410
15
303.75 - 326.25
0.000000
0.000000
0.014344
0.004098
0.000000
0.000000
1.84430
16
326.25 - 348.75
Sub-Total
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.000000
0.00000
0.297131
0.086066
0.071721
0.137295
0.407787
0.000000
Calms
100.000000
0.000000
Missing/Incomplete
0.000000
Total
100.000000
Fig. : 3.4
Wind Rose Diagram (24 hrs)
Inferece:
The predominant wind direction during this Study period is observed to be blowing from NE
to SW. Wind speeds during this period were in the range of 0.56 to 10.0 m/sec. There was
no Calm wind observed during this period.
81
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
The data for ambient air quality status within 5 km radius of the site has been generated by
Envisafe Environment Consultants, laboratory accredited by NABL, for the study period. 6
monitoring stations were installed at different locations to assess the ambient air quality;
description of the locations was given in Table 3.1 earlier in this chapter. The monitoring
report is enclosed as Annexure- VII and the summary of AAQ monitoring results is given
below table no.3.7.
Table 3.7:
Summary of ambient air monitoring
PM10
g/m3
Max
Min
PM2.5
g/m3
Max
Min
SO2
g/m3
Max
Min
NOx
g/m3
Max
Min
S1-Project Site
84.6
67.1
32.5
19.2
27.8
22.1
21.2
14.3
BDL
S2-Vishalpur
S3-Changodar
Industrial Area
S4-Tajpur
72.9
54.3
26.6
16.8
20.4
15.2
21.9
13.2
BDL
91.2
73.2
42.5
26.5
31.5
25.6
21.9
16.6
BDL
86.3
61.8
39.5
22.4
29.2
23.2
27.8
22.3
BDL
S5-Changodar
82.3
62.3
32.1
17.6
24.3
18.1
31.9
26.1
BDL
S6-Navapura
64.2
48.9
23.3
14.5
18.9
15.2
19.8
13.2
BDL
Locations
NAAQS*
100
60
*NAAQS: National Ambient Air Quality Standard
80
80
VOC as
Benzene
g/m3
5
Observations: PM10: The maximum value for PM10 observed at Chagodar Industrial Area is 91.2 µg/m3 and minimum value for PM10observed at Navapura Village is 64.2 µg/m3. PM2.5: The maximum value for PM2.5 observed at Chagodar industrial area 42.5 µg/m3 and minimum value for PM2.5 at Navapura Village 23.3 µg/m3. SO2: The maximum value for SO2 observed at Chagodar industrial area 31.5 µg/m3 and minimum value for SO2 at Navapura Village 18.9 µg/m3. NOx: The maximum value for NOx observed at Chagodar 31.9 µg/m3 and minimum value for NOx at Navapura Village 19.8 µg/m3. Results and Conclusions The results of the monitored data indicate that the ambient air quality of the region in general is conformity with respect to norms of National Ambient Air Quality standards of CPCB/MoEF, at all locations monitored. Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur
82
3.6
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Noise pollution is unwanted human-created sound that disrupts the environment. Monitoring
of noise is required to measure the background noise level to estimate the increment in
noise level after installation of any industry. The noise level was measured at Seven
locations in the study area, description of the locations was given in Table 3.1 earlier in this
chapter.
The details of equipment used in noise monitoring are as follows: Type of equipment
-
Sound level meter
Make
-
Lutron
Model
-
SL 4030
Least count
-
30 dB(A)
The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels and is analyzed for Leqday &
Leqnight. The statistical analysis results are given below
Table 3.8:
Ambient Noise Monitoring Results
Date of sampling : 15/10/2012 to 16/10/2012
Sl.
No.
Hour
S1 Project
Site
S2 Vishalpur
S4 Tajpur
S5 Changodar
S6 Navapura
S7 NH-8A
44.8
S3 Changodar
Industrial
Area
47.2
01
06:00 am - 07:00 am
45.3
42.8
44.6
45.2
57.6
02
07:00 am - 08:00 am
03
08:00 am - 09:00 am
49.5
46.4
50.4
44.2
45.7
46.8
61.2
53.5
48.2
53.8
46.3
46.8
48.1
62.4
04
05
09:00 am - 10:00 am
53.2
49.6
54.2
46.6
48.9
49.2
63.9
10:00 am - 11:00 am
52.4
50.6
54.6
48.2
51.4
49.8
63.4
06
11:00 am - 12:00 pm
53.5
52.3
54.8
49.2
52.3
47.2
62.6
07
12:00 pm - 01:00 pm
52.4
49.8
53.5
49.6
53.7
46.6
63.4
08
01:00 pm - 02:00 pm
52.7
47.9
52.9
48.2
52.8
48.9
64.1
09
02:00 pm - 03:00 pm
51.5
46.8
52.4
49.6
52.7
49.8
63.4
10
03:00 pm - 04:00 pm
51.8
47.2
52.8
49.8
52.8
46.2
62.6
11
04:00 pm - 05:00 pm
52.7
47.9
51.9
48.3
53.4
47.3
61.5
12
05:00 pm - 06:00 pm
50.4
46.2
53.7
49.2
52.5
46.6
61.2
13
06:00 pm - 07:00 pm
49.8
50.3
54.2
47.3
53.4
46.8
60.8
14
07:00 pm - 08:00 pm
49.5
48.3
53.6
46.3
51.5
47.2
60.4
15
08:00 pm - 09:00 pm
48.6
48.7
51.5
45.2
48.5
45.5
58.5
16
09:00 pm - 10:00 pm
49.2
49.6
49.2
44.1
46.4
44.1
59.2
17
10:00 pm - 11:00 pm
48.4
47.3
48.5
43.2
45.2
42.3
57.5
18
11:00 pm - 12:00 pm
45.8
42.1
47.6
40.2
43.6
40.1
54.2
19
12:00 pm - 01:00 am
44.2
42.3
46.8
41.2
40.5
39.5
52.4
20
01:00 am - 02:00 am
39.8
40.2
41.5
40.9
38.6
37.1
53.5
21
02:00 am - 03:00 am
40.2
39.1
42.1
37.2
36.8
36.6
52.8
83
Date of sampling : 15/10/2012 to 16/10/2012
Sl.
No.
Hour
S1 Project
Site
S2 Vishalpur
22
03:00 am - 04:00 am
40.9
23
04:00 am - 05:00 am
42.5
24
05:00 am - 06:00 am
Leq (day)
Leq (night)
S4 Tajpur
S5 Changodar
S6 Navapura
S7 NH-8A
38.2
S3 Changodar
Industrial
Area
41.2
37.6
37.2
37.5
52.9
40.2
43.5
39.4
38.6
40.1
53.8
44.6
42.5
46.5
41.5
42.9
43.5
55.2
50.85
42.57
48.35
40.66
52.31
44.17
46.95
39.71
50.15
39.74
46.92
39.20
61.39
53.54
Note:
 All values are expressed in dB(A)
 Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. and Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
Observations
For the location S1-S6, the daytime (Leqday) noise levels are observed to be in the range of
46.92 –52.31dB(A) which are within the prescribed limit of 55 dB(A).The nighttime (Leqnight)
Noise levels are observed to be in the range of 39.20- 44.17(A) Which are within the
prescribed limit of 45 dB(A).
The noise level (Leq) at National highway-8A (S-7) nearer to project site is higher because of
vehicular traffic both during day and nighttime, however it is within the limit of65 dB(A)& 55
dB(A)prescribed by CPCB for the category of commercial area respectively during day and
night time.
Assessment of existing noise level within premises revealed that adequate control measures
are taken by the industries to control the noise within the plant premises and monitoring data
also shows that noise within the industrial premise is well below compare to noise level
standard given by OSHA to avoid noise damage to workers. Results of the existing plant
monitoring is attached as Annexure-VII
3.7
3.7.1
Period of the study and Study area
Floral and faunal survey was carried out in the core and buffer zone of the project area.
Sampling was carried out covering various habitats falling in the 10 km radius from the
proposed project location.
3.7.2 Methodology adopted for Biodiversity Study
Aim of the sampling was to inventorize various floral and faunal groups of the project study
area. Random plot sampling was carried out to prepare inventory of floral and faunal groups
covering various habitats of the project study area. Moreover literature review was
conducted to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and
84
ecological communities listed by IUCN, WCMC, ZSI, BSI and Indian wild Life Protection act,
1972. Present study was carried out to identify the floral and faunal diversity, to identify the
endangered species of flora and fauna.
I. Sampling Methods
Flora
Floral inventory was done following standard sampling techniques. Random quadrates
were laid in order to quantify the vegetation of the study site. Quadrate size for trees was 10
x 10 m, for shrubs it was 3 x 3 m and for herbs it was 1 x 1m. Plots of 5 x 5 m and 1 x 1 m
were laid within the tree quadrate at each corner to record shrubs and herbs respectively. In
each quadrate, species and their total individuals were recorded.
Avifauna
Point count method was adopted for counting the birds. Also, opportunistic sightingsof the
birds were also recorded. Moreover, Identification by calls was also made for species which
were not directly encountered or were hidden in the vegetation or canopy.
Herpetofauna
Amphibians and reptiles recorded during active searches in the buses of herbs/shrubs,
under boulders etc. and identified by visual characteristics. Aquatic searches involved
examining each type of aquatic habitat.
Mammals
Evidences of mammals were documented by using both direct sightings and indirect
evidences i.e. animal burrows/holes, scats, pellets, droppings and tracks Opportunistic
sightings were also included. Circular Plots were used to search indirect evidences.
Apart from the all above methods, interviews of the local peoples were also
conducted to strengthen the inventory of the floral and faunal groups of the study
3.7.3 ECOLOGY
Producer, consumer and decomposer govern whole cycle of ecology. Plant and animal both
are interdependent to each other. Producer is necessary for each consumer. Plant plays
their role in ecology as producer. Plant, animals and microorganism together with the
environment in which they live make of an independent unit called the Eco system.
Ecology in essence is the study of the living and non-living components, interaction of
community and the environment and exchange of material (energy and nutrient) between
85
living and non-living parts. A community includes all organisms in the given area interacting
with the abiotic environment. Due to the geographic location and climatic conditions of
Gujarat, flora and fauna are not monotonous in nature.
The ecology of the study area is briefly discussed in this subsection. The study area is
mostly surrounded by rural area. The land use pattern use shows the major portion covered
by irrigated land. The climate of area is surrounded by pleasant climatic conditions
supporting thick natural vegetation cover. Besides the natural vegetation, several species of
trees are planted and are thriving well in the study area. The common species of the trees,
bushes and grasses found in study area are as under:
Table- 3.9:
Floral species in the Study Area
Sr.
No.
Life
Form
Trees
Vernacular
Name
Ankol
Family
Scientific Name
Alangiaceae
Alangium salvifolium Wang
2.
Anacardiaceae
Mangifera indica L.
3.
Annonaceae
Annona squamosa L.
Sitaphal
Polylathia longifolia B. & H.
Asopalav
Plumeria rubra L.
Champo
1.
4.
5.
Apocynaceae
Alstonia scholaris (Linn.) R.Br.
6.
7.
Ambo
Araceae
Borassus flabellifer L.
Tad
8.
Cocos nucifera L.
Nariyali
9.
Phoenix sylvestris Roxb.
Khajuri
Simdo
10.
Bombacaceae
Bombax ceiba Roxb.
11.
Caesalpiniaceae
Bauhinia racemosa Lamk.
Asatrai Sonu
12.
Bauhinia purpurea L.
Kanchnar
13.
Cassia fistula L.
Garmalo
14.
Cassia siamea Lamk.
--
15.
Parkinsonia aculeata L
Rambaval
16.
Delonix regia Raf.
Gulmohur
17.
Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.)
Backer ex Heyne
Tamarindus indica L.
Sonmukhi
18.
Amli
19.
Capparaceae
Crateva nurvala Buch.Hamm
Vaivarno
20.
Casuarinaceae
Casuarina equisetifolia Frost.
Vilayati sharu
21.
Combretaceae
Terminalia crenulata L.
Sadad
Terminalia catappa L.
Deshi Badam
22.
23.
Ebenaceae
Diospyros cordifolia Roxb.
86
Dheki
Sr.
No.
24.
Life
Form
Family
Ehretiaceae
25.
Scientific Name
Cordia dichotoma Forst.
Vernacular
Name
Gunda
Cordia gharaf (Forsk.) E. & A.
Gunda
26.
Euphorbiaceae
Emblica officinalis Gaertn.
Ambla
27.
Gramineae
Dendrocalamus strictus Nees.
Vans
28.
Malvaceae
Thespesia populnea Soland.
29.
Meliaceae
Azadirachta indica A.Juss
30.
Melia azadirachta L. Bakan
31.
Melia composita Willd.
Limbado
limdo
Limbara
33.
Acacia nilotica (L.) Del.subsp.indica
Baval
(Bth.) Brenan
Acacia chundra (Roxb.ex Rottl.) Willd. Khair
34.
Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth
Siris
35.
Albizia procera (Roxb.) Bth
Kalo siris
36.
Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) De
Pardesi Baval
37.
Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Bth
Gorasmli
38.
Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce
Khyigdo
39.
Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC
32.
Mimosaceae
Paras piplo
Ficus benghalensis L
Vad
41.
Ficus religiosa L
Piplo
42.
Ficus racemosa L.
Umaro
43.
Streblus aspera Lour.
Harero
Sargavo
40.
Moraceae
Gadobaval
44.
Moringaceae
Moringa oleifera Lam
45.
Myrtaceae
Eucalyptus citriodora Hk
Nilgari
46.
Callistemon cistrinus L
47.
Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels
Jambu
48.
Sesbania sesban (L.) Merr.
Shevari
49.
Rhamnaceae
50.
Zizyphus glabrata Heyne ex Roth.
Bottle brush
Bor
Zizyphus mauritiana Lam.
Bordi
51.
Rubiaceae
Mitragyna parvifolia Korth.
Kadamb
52.
Rutaceae
Aegle marmelos Corr.
Bili Patra
53.
Citrus limon Burm
Limbu
54.
Limonia acidissima L.
Kothu
Salvadora persica L
Piludo
Salvadora oleoides Done.
Piludi
55.
Salvadoraceae
56.
57.
Sapotaceae
Madhuca indica L.
87
Mahudo
Sr.
No.
Life
Form
Family
Scientific Name
Vernacular
Name
Rayan
58.
Manilkara hexandra Dubard.
59.
Mimusops elengi L.
Borsalli
60.
Manilkara zapota (L.) van
Chikoo
Arduso
61.
Simaroubaceae
Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Moto
62.
Sterculiaceae
Sterculia foetida L.
63.
Ulmaceae
Haloptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch.
64.
Verbenaceae
Tectona grandis L.
1.
Shrubs Apocynaceae
Thevetia peruviana Merr.
Nerium indicum L.
2.
Asclepiadaceae
Calotropis procera Br. Akdo
5.
Bignoniaceae
Leptadenia pyrotechnica
(Forsk.)Decne
Tecoma stans (L.) H.B.& K.
6.
Capparaceae
Capparis decidua (Forsk.) Edgew
3.
4.
Kanjo
Sag
Pidi Karen
Karen
Khip
Peilafol
Kerdo
7.
Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce
Batkani
8.
Capparis sepiaria L.
Kanthar
9.
Capparis spinosa L.
Kantharo
Aval
10.
Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia auriculata L.
11.
Convolvulaceae
Ipomoea fistulosa Mart. Ex Choisy
Caesalpinia crista L.
12.
13.
Nasarmo
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbia nivulia Buch. – Ham.
Thor
14.
Jatropha curcas L.
15.
Jatropha gossypifolia L.
16.
Kirganelia reticulata (Poir.) Baill.
17.
Ricinus communis L.
Divalo
Malvaceae
Abutilon indicum Sweet.
Khapat
Kapas
Papilionaceae
Gossypium herbaceum
L.Var.acerifolium (Guill. & Perr.)
Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.
Sesbania sesban (L.) Merr.
Shevari
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Mimosaceae
Rhamnaceae
25.
26.
27.
Paerdesi divalo
Kamboi
Tuver
Gando bavad
Acacia torta L
23.
24.
Prosopis juliflora DC.
Ratanjot
Verbenaceae
Zizyphus glabrata Heyne ex Ro
Bor
Zizyphus nummularia Wt. et Arn.
Chani
Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.
bor
Lawsonia inermis L.
88
Bor
Mendhi
Sr.
No.
Life
Form
Family
Scientific Name
28.
Clerodendrum inerme Goertn.
29.
Clerodendrum multiflorum (Burm.f.)
O.Ktze
Lantana camera L.
30.
3.7.3
Vernacular
Name
Kadvi mendhi
Arni
Gadhati
CULTIVATED PLANTS IN THE STUDY AREA
The agricultural practices are the main activity of the villagers in the study area. The
study area is one of the important paddy and wheat growing areas of Ahmedabad
district. The plants of economic importance occurring in the study area are grouped
under the following different categories.
 Major Crops:
Major crop in the study area is Rice (Oryza sativa L.) which is cultivated after the
monsoon. During the winter months a second crop of Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and
Castor (Ricinus communis) are practiced in this area.
 Minor crops :
Minor crops practiced in this region were, Medicago sativa (Rajko or Lachko), Tuwar
(Cajanus indica), Brinjal (Solanum melongena), Tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum), Tomato
(Lycopersicon lycopersicum), Mustard (Brassica juncea L.), Chilly (Capsicum annum),
Moong (Vigna angularis), Jowar (Sorghum bicolor ), Bajri (Pennisetum typhoides ), and
Zea mays (maize).
 Pulses:
The pulses cultivated in this area were Tuwar (Cajanus indica) ,Moong (Vignaangularis),
rhar (Cajanus cajan), Urd (Vigna radiata )
 Vegetables :
The vegetables grown in the study area were, Bhindi (Abelmoschusesculentus),
Cabbage (Brassica oleraceae), Dhania (Coriandrum sativum),Kakdi (Cucumis sativa),
Mircha (Capsicum ananum), Pudina (Menthaarvensis), Bengan (Solanum melongena.),
and Tamator (Lycopersiconlycopersicum)
3.7.4
RARE AND ENDANGERED FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA
No rare and endangered flora was observed during the study period.
3.7.5
FAUNAL BIODIVERSITY OF THE STUDY AREA
89
For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area a survey had been
conducted within study area, within 10 km radius from plant site. This report is based on
a short duration study. The following lists do not include many other species which might
occur in this part of Ahmedabad, either as resident or as migrant.
TABLE NO. 3.10
Systematic List of Birds In The Study Area With Its Distribution And
Migratory Status
Old Common name
New Common Name
Scientific Name
I ORDER: ANSERIFORMES
Family: Anatidae (Ducks and teals)
Mallard
Mallard
Anas platyrhynchos
Shoveller
Northern Shoveller
Anas clypeata
ORDER: APODIFORMES
Family: Apodidae (swifts )
Common Swift
Apus apus
House swift
Little Swift
Apus affinis
II ORDER: CICONIFORMES
Family: Accipitridae (vulture, Sparrow hawk, Eagle, Harrier, Kite and Vulture)
Shikra
Shikra
Accipiter badius
Sparrow-hawk
Eurasian Sparrow-hawk Accipiter nisus
Common Pariakh Kite
Black Kite
Milvus migrans
Family: Anhingidae
Darter or Snake Birds
Oriental Darter
Anhinga melanogaster
Family: Ardeidae (heron, Egret, Bittern)
Night Heron
Black-crowned NightNycticorax nycticorax
Heron
Pond Heron
Indian Pond-Heron
Ardeola grayii
Great White-bellied
White-bellied Heron
Ardea insignis
Heron
Cattle Egret
Cattle Egret
Bubulcus ibis
Large Egret
Great Egret
Casmerodius albus
Ardea alba
Median or Smaller Egret Intermediate Egret
Mesophoyx intermedia
Egretta intermedia
Little Egret
Little Egret
Egretta garzetta
Indian Reef Heron
Western Reef-Egret
Egretta gularis
Family: Charadriidae (Plover, Stilt, Oystercatcher, Lapwing, Avocet )
Black-winged Stilt
Black-winged Stilt
Himantopus himantopus
Avocet
Pied Avocet
Recurvirostra avosetta
Red-wattled Lapwing
Red-wattled Lapwing
Vanellus indicus
90
Dist.
W
W
r
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
r
R
Rw
R
R
R
R
rW
R
Old Common name
New Common Name
Yellow-wattled Lapwing
Yellow-wattled Lapwing
Family: Ciconiidae (Open bill, stork, Adjutant)
Open bill stork
Asian Open bill
Painted Stork
Painted Stork
White necked Stork
Woolly-necked Stork
White stork
White Stork
Family: Falconidae (Falcon, Flconet and Hobby)
Laggar Falcon
Laggar Falcon
Family: Phalacrocoracidae ( Cormorant)
Large Cormorant
Great Cormorant
Indian Shag
Indian Cormorant
Little Cormorant
Little Cormorant
Family: Podicipedidae (Grebe)
Little Grebe
Little Grebe
Family: Pteroclidae (Sandgrouse)
Indian Sandgrouse
Chestnut-bellied
Sandgrouse
Family: Scolopacidae
Bar-tailed Godwit
Bar-tailed Godwit
Curlew
Eurasian Curlew
Ruff
Ruff
Family: Threskiornithidae (Spoonbill and Ibis)
Black Ibis
Red-napped Ibis
White Ibis
Black-headed Ibis
III ORDER: COLUMBIFORMES
Family: Columbidae (Pigeon, Dove)
Blue Rock Pigeon
Rock Pigeon
Common Green Pigeon Yellow-footed GreenPigeon
Ring Dove
Eurasian Collared-Dove
Rufous Turtle Dove
Oriental Turtle-Dove
IV : ORDER: CORACIIFORMES
Family: Alcedinidae (King fisher)
Small Blue King Fisher
Common Kingfisher
Blue-eared Kingfisher
Blue-eared Kingfisher
Family: Dacelonidae (King fishers)
White breasted
White-throated
Kingfisher
Kingfisher
Brown Headed
Stork-billed Kingfisher
StorkbilledKingfisher
Family: Coraciidae (Roller)
91
Scientific Name
Vanellus malabaricus
Dist.
R
Anastomus oscitans
Mycteria leucocephala
Ciconia episcopus
Ciconia ciconia
R
R
R
W
Falco jugger
F.biarmicus jugger
R
Phalacrocorax carbo
Phalacrocorax fuscicollis
Phalacrocorax niger
RW
R
R
Tachybaptus ruficollis
R
Pterocles exustus
R
Limosa lapponica
Numenius arquata
Philomachus pugnax
W
W
W
Pseudibis papillosa
Threskiornis melanocephalus
R
R
Columba livia
Treron phoenicoptera
R
R
Streptopelia decaocto
Streptopelia orientalis
R
RW
Alcedo atthis
Alcedo meninting
R
R
Halcyon smyrnensis
R
Pelargopsis capensis
R
Old Common name
New Common Name
Blue Jay or Roller
Indian Roller
Family: Meropidae (Bee Eater)
Chestnut-headed
Chestnut-headed BeeBeeeater
eater
Small Green bee-eater
Little Green Bee-eater
Blue-cheeked Bee-eater Blue-cheeked Bee-eater
Scientific Name
Coracias benghalensis
Merops leschenaulti
R
Merops orientalis
Merops persicus
Merops superciliosus
Merops philippinus
R
R
Blue-tailed Bee-eater
Blue-tailed Bee-eater
V. ORDER: CUCULIFORMES
Family: Centropodidae (Cocucal)
Crow-Pheasant or
Greater Coucal
Centropus sinensis
Coucal
Family: Cuculidae (cuckoo, Koel)
Koel
Asian Koel
Eudynamys scolopacea
Indian Drongo Cuckoo
Drongo Cuckoo
Surniculus lugubris
Cuckoo
Common Cuckoo
Cuculus canorus
Indian Cuckoo
Indian Cuckoo
Cuculus micropterus
VI. ORDER: GALLIFORMES
Family: Phasianidae (Peafowl , Patridge, Quail, francolin, spurfowl, junglefowl,
Monal, )
Grey Partridge
Grey Francolin
Francolinus pondicerianus
Common Quail
Common Quail
Coturnix coturnix
VII. ORDER: GRUIFORMES
Family: Gruidae (Crane)
Sarus Crane
Sarus Crane
Grus antigone
Family: Rallidae ( Waterhen, coot, crake water cock, Moorhen, Rail,)
White-breasted
White-breasted
Amaurornis phoenicurus
Waterhen
Waterhen
Coot
Common Coot
Fulica atra
Indian Moorhen
Common Moorhen
Gallinula chloropus
VII. ORDER: PASSERIFORMES
Family: Paridae (Tit )
Grey Tit
Great Tit
Parus major
Family: Corvidae
Large Cuckoo-shrike
Large Cuckoo-shrike
Coracina macei
Coracina novaehollandiae
Raven
Common Raven
Corvus corax
House Crow
House Crow
Corvus splendens
Tree Pie
Rufous Tree pie
Dendrocitta vagabunda
Black drongo- King
Black Drongo
Dicrurus macrocercus
Crow
Dicrurus adsimilis
Golden-Oriole
Eurasian Golden-Oriole Oriolus oriolus
92
Dist.
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
RW
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Old Common name
White-browed Fantail
New Common Name
White-browed Fantail
Scientific Name
Rhipidura aureola
Common Woodshrike
Common Wood shrike
Tephrodornis pondicerianus
Family: Laniidae (shrike)
Rufousbacked Shrike
Long-tailed Shrike
Lanius schach
Grey Shrike
Northern Shrike
Lanius excubitor
Family: Muscicapidae ( Short wing, Chat, Robin, Shama
Shama
White-rumped Shama
Copsychus malabaricus
Magpie-Robin
Oriental Magpie-Robin
Copsychus saularis
Indian Robin
Indian Robin
Saxicoloides fulicata
Pied Bushchat
Pied Bushchat
Saxicola caprata
Family: Nectariniidae ( Sun Birds, Flowerpecker, Spider hunter )
Purple Sunbird
Purple Sunbird
Nectarinia asiatica
Maroonbreasted
Long-billed Sunbird
Nectarinia lotenia
Suinbird
Small Sunbird
Crimson-backed
Nectarinia minima
Sunbird
Family: Passeridae ( Avadavat, Pipit, wagtail, Munia, Snowfinch, sparrow, weaver
,Accentor)
House Sparrow
House Sparrow
Passer domesticus
Red Munia
Red Avadavat
Amandava amandava
Estrilda amandava
Forest Wagtail
Forest Wagtail
Dendronanthus indicus
Motacilla indica
Blackthroated Weaver
Black-breasted Weaver Ploceus benghalensis
Bird
Streaked Weaver
Streaked Weaver
Ploceus manyar
Family: Pycnonotidae (Bulbul, finchbil)
Black-headed Bulbul
Black-headed Bulbul
Pycnonotus atriceps
Red-vented Bulbul
Red-vented Bulbul
Pycnonotus cafer
Family: Sturnidae (Myna, Starling)
Bank Myna
Bank Myna
Acridotheres ginginianus
Indian Myna
Common Myna
Acridotheres tristis
Brahminy Myna
Brahminy Starling
Sturnus pagodarum
Rosy pastor
Rosy Starling
Sturnus roseus
Dist.
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
rW
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
WM
Starling
Common Starling
Sturnus vulgaris
WM
Family: Sylviidae ( Warbler, Browning, Fulvetta, Babbler, Laughing thrash, Tailor
birds)
Paddyfield Warbler
Paddyfield Warbler
Acrocephalus agricola
R
Yellow-eyed Babbler
Yellow-eyed Babbler
Chrysomma sinense
R
Common Babbler
Common Babbler
Turdoides caudatus
R
93
Old Common name
Jungle Babbler
New Common Name
Jungle Babbler
Tailorbird
Common Tailorbird
IX. ORDER: PSITTACIFORMES
Family: Psittacidae (Parrot and Parakeet)
Rose-ringed Parakeet
Rose-ringed Parakeet
Himalayan Slatyheaded Slaty-headed Parakeet
Parakeet
X. ORDER: UPUPIFORMES
Family: Upupidae
Hoopoe
Eurasian Hoopoe
3.7.6
Scientific Name
Turdoides striatus
Orthotomus sutorius
Dist.
R
R
Psittacula krameri
Psittacula himalayana
R
R
Upupa epops
RW
Mammals :
The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from the study area is
documented in the table below.
TABLE NO. 3.11
Mammals from the Study Area
Sr.
Common Name
No.
1. Three striped Palm squirrel
2. Indian field mouse
3.8
Scientific Name
Funambulus palmarum ( Linnaeus)
Mus booduga (Gray)
3.
House rat
Rattus rattus (Linnaeus)
4.
Black napped hare
Lepus nigricollis nigricollis (F. Cuvier)
5.
6.
Indian flying fox
Nilgai
Pteropus giganteus
Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas)
SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
The assessment of socio economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study. This
section includes the present status of the socio-economic environment in the study area. To
determine the baseline socio-economic pattern, at and around the project site, the required
data have been obtained from Published data i.e. District Census Handbook of District
Ahmedabad; issued by the State Government covering Taluka Daskroi and Sanand. Socioeconomic base line data were collected for the following three major indicators:
1. Demographic Structure (District Census Handbook, 2001)
2. Economic Structure (District Census Handbook CD, 2001)
3. Availability of Basic Amenities (District Census Handbook, 2001)
94
The major demographic and economic structure classification of the remaining study area is
placed into Population, Literacy Rate and workers details.
3.8.1 Objectives
The broad objectives of the socio-economic impact assessment are as follows:
1. To study the socio-economic status of the people living in the study area of the
proposed drug manufacturing unit.
2. To assess the impact on socio-economic environment due to proposed drug
manufacturing unit.
3. To evaluate the community development measures proposed to be taken up by the
Project Proponent, if any.
4. To suggest Community Development measures that needs to be taken for the study
area.
3.8.2 Methodology
The methodology adopted for impact assessment is as follows:
1. The details of the activities and population structure have been obtained from
Census 2001 and analyzed.
2. On the basis of a preliminary reconnaissance survey, A questionnaire was developed
to make it suitable to fulfill the objectives of the study.
3. Primary data was collected by a door-to-door survey in sample villages and
households living therein. The data collected during the above survey was analyzed
to evaluate the prevailing socio-economic profile of the area.
4. Based on the above data, impacts due to Synthetic resin manufacturing unit on the
community have been assessed and recommendations for further improvement have
been made.
3.8.3 Concept & Definition
a) Study Area: The study area, also known as impact area has been defined as the sum
total of core area/project area and buffer area with a radius of 10 Kilometers from the
periphery of the core area/project is. The study area includes all the land marks both
natural and manmade, falling herein.
b) GIS: The Geographic Information System (GIS) is tool that involves hardware,
software, trained manpower for geo-spatial analysis of data..
95
c) Household: A group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a
common kitchen are called a household. Persons living in a household may be related or
unrelated or a mix of both. However, if a group of related or unrelated persons live in a
house but do not take their meals from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a
common household. Each such person is treated as a separate household. There may
be one member households, two member households or multi-member households.
d) Sex ratio: Sex ratio is the ratio of males to females in a population. It is expressed as
'number of females per 1000 males'.
e) Literates: All persons aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with
understanding in any language are taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to
have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for
being treated as literate. People who are blind but can read in Braille are also treated as
literates.
f) Literacy rate: Literacy rate of population is defined as the percentage of literates to the
total population aged 7 years and above.
g) Labour Force: The labour force is the number of people employed and unemployed in
a geographical entity. The size of the labour force is the sum total of persons employed
and unemployed. An unemployed person is defined as a person not employed but
actively seeking work. Normally, the labour force of a country consists of everyone of
working age (around 14 to 16) and below retirement (around 65) that are participating
workers, that is people actively employed or seeking employment. People not counted
under labour force are students, retired persons, stay-at home parents, people in prisons
and discouraged workers.
h) Work: Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or
without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental
in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and
direction of work. The work may be part time or full time or unpaid work in a farm, family
enterprise or in any other economic activity.
i) Worker: All persons engaged in 'work' are defined as workers. Persons who are
engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also
treated as workers.
j) Main Workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference
period (i.e. 6 months or more) are termed as Main Workers.
96
k) Marginal Workers: Those workers who did not work for the major part of the reference
period (i.e. less than 6 months) are termed as Marginal Workers
l) Work participation rate: The work participation rate is the ratio between the labour force
and the overall size of their cohort (national population of the same age range). In the
present study the work participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers
(main and marginal) to total population.
3.8.4Description of the Study Area:
Nirav Chemical Industries proposes to manufacture Synthetic Resin within their existing
industrial unit located at Plot No. 44/1, Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla Highway,
Vill. Changodar, Ta. Sanand, Dist. Ahmedabad in Gujarat. In the administrative map, it is
clearly indicated that, the Roads in the study area is well connected with villages and
districts. Also, within 1.0 km from the site area there is a connecting railway line. It shows
that, the study area has well-developed infrastructure facilities. These villages, districts are
well connected with each other. It clearly shows that all villages will be benefitted by the
upcoming industry in terms of employment, and other social benefits proposed by the
proponent as part of CSR activities.
3.8.5Socio Economic Status of the People in the Study Area
In the below given thematic map the socio-economic status of the people in the study area is
given. The map indicates that, the study area is suffixed with electricity board. This shows
that the infrastructure of the study area is well developed. The pictures in the thematic map
indicate the living conditions of the village.
3.8.6Population of the study area
The study area constitutes of Three Taluka of Ahmedabad district, these are 1) Sanand 2)
Dholka 3) Daskroi and 4) Ahmadabad city. A wide variation in the study area has been
observed by the surveyors. There are total 10 villages from all the study area have
population of < 2000 individuals, 6 villages have 2000-3000 individual, 8 villages have
population of 3000-4000 individuals and 6 villages have more than 4000 individuals.
Ahmadabad city have total population is around 1,80,000 individuals.
The district has a predominantly Hindu population. About 84.19 percent persons are Hindus.
11.03% Muslims, Jain 3.57% and the Christian are 0.86%. Among other 0.12% are Sikhs,
0.03% Buddhists and 0.12% other religions and persuasions.
97
3.8.7Illiterates and SC & ST Population of the Study Area
The Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe population in the study area is not much. Schedule
caste people are higher in number than Schedule Tribe population in all most of the villages.
The maximum number of schedule caste and Schedule Tribe population found in
Ahmedabad city and Mandanpua village and Bhat village.
The Figures given in Table 3.12 indicate the illiteracy levels of the study area. Illiteracy rate
in the study area is lower. 10 villages have illiterates less than 1000, 15 villages have an
illiteracy between 1000-2000, in 4 villages have between 2000-4000 individuals are illiterate.
In Ahmedabad urban area more than 40,000 individuals are illiterates.
3.8.8Literacy Rate in the Study Area
In study area the literacy is fair. In the study area, In Ahmedabad city the literacy rate is
much higher. Around 75% individuals are literate in Ahmedabad city. In 8 villages have
2000-5000 individuals are literates, 9 villages have 1500-2000 individuals are literates, 11
villages have 500-1500 individuals are literates and only one village have around 200
individuals are literates. Literacy rate in percentage is shown in the below Figure.3.5.
98
Table - 3.12: Demographic Profile of the Study area
Sr.
No.
Villages
1
2
Literacy
SC
ST
Rate % Population Population
857.20
Area
(sq
km.)
8.57
Population
density
per sq km.
439.10
0
691.00
6.91
424.02
112
0
1,575.70
15.76
311.99
64.30
727
27
1,138.50
11.39
196.57
831
44.77
68
5
562.00
5.62
330.25
340
969
55.95
239
26
685.00
6.85
252.85
420
243
663
56.72
83
0
552.40
5.52
211.62
4808
1794
1016
2810
58.44
427
0
1,937.70
19.38
248.13
821
1668
591
311
902
54.08
193
0
509.30
5.09
327.51
1058
929
1987
731
422
1153
58.03
657
0
385.10
3.85
515.97
Population
Literates
Household
Male
Female
Total
Male
Female
Total
Shela
726
1948
1816
3764
1179
585
1764
46.87
343
45
592
1481
1449
2930
997
563
1560
53.24
45
949
2519
2397
4916
1796
1165
2961
60.23
485
1177
1061
2238
871
568
1439
5
Telav
Jivanpura
(Sanathal)
Vasna
Chacharavadi
Matoda
341
969
887
1856
595
236
6
Sari
318
876
856
1732
629
7
Tajpur
1169
601
568
1169
8
Modasar
941
2561
2247
9
Palwada
296
847
381
3
4
Taluka
Sanand
Area
(ha)
10
Nani Devti
11
Moti Devti
425
1185
1131
2316
760
484
1244
53.71
165
0
763.30
7.63
303.42
12
Moraiya
768
1977
1717
3694
1320
796
2116
57.28
651
60
1,296.90
12.97
284.83
13
Changodar
679
1700
1544
3244
996
519
1515
46.70
341
17
704.50
7.05
460.47
14
Soyla
317
913
880
1793
573
203
776
43.28
120
1
550.40
5.50
325.76
15
Kolat
654
1748
1608
3356
1002
547
1549
46.16
271
0
1,009.30
10.09
332.51
16
Navapura
587
1556
1449
3005
1056
636
1692
56.31
227
0
451.70
4.52
665.26
17
Kanety
336
930
829
1759
637
484
1121
63.73
185
0
556.00
5.56
316.37
18
Ganasharpura
(Pipan)
Badrabad
584
1602
1475
3077
1042
614
1656
53.82
324
0
957.00
9.57
321.53
78
241
224
465
147
55
202
43.44
0
0
194.40
1.94
239.20
19
99
Sr.
No.
Villages
20
Literacy
SC
ST
Rate % Population Population
537.70
Area
(sq
km.)
5.38
Population
density
per sq km.
557.19
0
710.00
7.10
332.54
264
65
557.70
5.58
367.94
59.52
360
6
675.80
6.76
275.97
2417
63.24
343
101
1,751.80
17.52
218.18
560
1540
51.13
693
120
1,107.40
11.07
271.99
2328
1313
3641
52.25
650
8
2,030.70
20.31
343.13
5111
1694
1057
2751
53.83
1093
4
1,579.70
15.80
323.54
4170
8998
3372
2078
5450
60.57
1754
17
1,075.00
10.75
837.02
2201
1923
4124
1570
872
2442
59.21
610
0
1,582.00
15.82
260.68
36462
94967
82633
177600
76150
58409
134559
75.77
5339
767
30,414.00
304.14
583.94
55328
142653
126033
268686
108219
77364
185583
69.07
16880
1370
57399
574
10879
Population
Literates
Household
Male
Female
Total
Male
Female
Total
Vanzar Navu
644
1564
1432
2996
1104
711
1815
60.58
337
101
21
Bakrol Navu
467
1260
1101
2361
971
735
1706
72.26
259
22
Kamod
407
1071
981
2052
733
496
1229
59.89
23
Ode
344
993
872
1865
689
421
1110
24
Visalpur
775
2025
1797
3822
1492
925
25
Miroli
Kasindra
(Mota
Chhapara)
Bhat
Mandanpura
(Badrakha)
Kavitha
(Sorada)
Ahmedabad
Urban Area
624
1606
1406
3012
980
1444
3611
3357
6968
987
2638
2473
1699
4828
849
26
27
28
29
30
Taluka
Daskroi
Area
(ha)
Dholka
City
Total
100
sn
a
an
p
Ta
Sa
ri
l)
ra
va
di
M
at
od
a
ha
la
v
el
a
Te
na
t
ch
a
(S
a
Ch
a
ur
a
Sh
101
Ka
Name of Village
O
de
V
sin
isa
dr
lp
a
ur
(M
ot
M
a
Ch iroli
M
ha
an
pa
da
ra
np
)
ur
Bh
a
(
Ka Bad at
ra
vit
kh
ha
a)
(S
Ah
o
m
ed rad
a)
ab
ad
Ci
ty
jp
ur
M
od
as
ar
Pa
lw
ad
N
a
an
iD
ev
M
ti
ot
iD
ev
ti
M
or
a
i
C
ha ya
ng
od
ar
So
yla
Ko
la
N
t
av
a
G
p
an
ur
as
a
ha
Ka
rp
ur nety
a
(P
ip
B a an
)
dr
V a aba
d
nz
ar
Ba N a
vu
kr
ol
Na
vu
Ka
m
od
Va
Ji
v
Population Density per Sq. Km.
GraphPopulation
3.4(A): Details
ofthe
Population
density of
study area Density
Fig 3.5
900.00
800.00
700.00
600.00
500.00
400.00
300.00
200.00
100.00
0.00
3.8.9
Economic Structure
Economic aspects of the study area include the economical structure of the people of the
surrounding area. The geographical location, natural resources, business and employment,
industries and manpower play vital role in the economic development of any region. The
population can be divided into two groups in terms of employment Workers and Non-workers.
Workers are further categorized into Main workers and Marginal workers. Distribution of main
workers, marginal workers and non-workers of total population is presented in Table - 3.13 and %
distribution of each category is shown in Fig: - 3.6.
Table – 3.13
Distributions of Workers in the Study Area
Sr.
No.
Village
1
Shela
2
Telav
3
4
Taluka Population
Jivanpura
(Sanathal)
Vasna
Chacharavadi
Main
Workers
Marginal
Workers
Non Workers
Employment
Ratio (%)
Total
%
Total
%
Total
%
3764
1204
31.99
3
0.08
2442
64.88
35.12
2930
800
27.30
1
0.03
1771
60.44
39.56
4916
1519
30.90
24
0.49
3105
63.16
36.84
2238
275
12.29
5
0.22
1272
56.84
43.16
5
Matoda
1856
598
32.22
0
0.00
989
53.29
46.71
6
Sari
1732
755
43.59
0
0.00
662
38.22
61.78
7
Tajpur
1169
391
33.45
1
0.09
664
56.80
43.20
8
Modasar
4808
1580
32.86
5
0.10
2353
48.94
51.06
9
Palwada
1668
1023
61.33
0
0.00
632
37.89
62.11
10
Nani Devti
1987
986
49.62
1
0.05
927
46.65
53.35
11
Moti Devti
2316
747
32.25
2
0.09
1262
54.49
45.51
12
Moraiya
3694
1103
29.86
35
0.95
2289
61.97
38.03
13
Changodar
3244
1481
45.65
2
0.06
1511
46.58
53.42
14
Soyla
1793
87
4.85
1
0.06
917
51.14
48.86
15
Kolat
3356
123
3.67
6
0.18
2112
62.93
37.07
16
Navapura
3005
1034
34.41
20
0.67
1524
50.72
49.28
17
Kanety
1759
23
1.31
0
0.00
1080
61.40
38.60
18
Ganasharpura
(Pipan)
3077
906
29.44
324
10.53
1656
53.82
46.18
19
Badrabad
465
206
44.30
0
0.00
227
48.82
51.18
20
Vanzar
Navu
2996
1063
35.48
1
0.03
1922
64.15
35.85
Sanand
Daskroi
21
Bakrol Navu
2361
1152
48.79
0
0.00
1117
47.31
52.69
22
Kamod
2052
627
30.56
2
0.10
1347
65.64
34.36
102
23
Ode
1865
685
36.73
1
0.05
1085
58.18
41.82
24
Visalpur
3822
1222
31.97
13
0.34
2291
59.94
40.06
25
Miroli
3012
790
26.23
2
0.07
1480
49.14
50.86
26
Kasindra
(Mota
Chhapara)
6968
2655
38.10
3
0.04
4093
58.74
41.26
27
Bhat
5111
1740
34.04
6
0.12
3246
63.51
36.49
8998
2235
24.84
65
0.72
4671
51.91
48.09
4124
1956
47.43
1
0.02
1893
45.90
54.10
Urban
area
177600
53986
30.40
2569
1.45
121045
68.16
31.84
Total
268686
82952 965.87 3093
28
29
30
Mandanpura
(Badrakha)
Kavitha
(Sorada)
Ahmedabad
Urban Area
Dholka
16.54 171585 1651.55
Fig.: 3.6
Employment ratio of the study area
103
1348.45
3.8.9Basic Amenities in the study area:
The basic amenities available in study area with reference to education, medical, water resources,
post and telegraph, communication, power supply is given in Table – 3.14. All villages of the study
area have primary school and college. The brief summary of medical facilities available in study
area is given as under.
Chief Welfare Center
09
Primary Health Sub-Center
16
Public Health Center
29
Health Center
05
Community Health Worker / Health Worker
11
Hospital
28
Maternity & Child Welfare Centre
29
Family Welfare Center
09
Registered Private Medical Practitioner
13
In the study area drinking water facility is good as well water, tube well water and hand pump is
available almost in all the villages. Post office facility and telephone connection is available in all
villages. In the study all the villages are well connected through a network of Pucca road. Bus and
railway station is the main mode of transportation in all villages of the study area. The electricity is
available in all the villages of study area.
104
Table – 3.14 Details of Basic Amenities Available In the Study Area
Taluka
Name of
Village
Education
Shela
P,C
Telav
P,S,C
Jivanpura
P,C
(Sanathal)
Vasna
P,C,MCW,PHC
Chacharavadi
Medical
PHS,H,
MCW,PHC
CWC,PHS,FWC,
H,MCW,PHC
MCW,MH,CWC,HC,
PHC,PHS,FWC,TB,RMP,H
PHS,H,C
Matoda
P,C
CWC,H,MCW,PHC
Sari
P,C
H,MCW,PHC
Tajpur
P,C
H,MCW,PHC
H,D,CWC,HC,PHC,
PHS,FWC,RMP,CHW,MCW
CWC,PHS,H,
MCW,PHC
CWC,HC,PHS,RMP,
H,MCW,PHC
Drinking Water
Nearest Town
Approach
Power Newspaper/
Post &
and Distance
Communication
to village
supply Magazine
Telegraph
(in kms)
T,TW,W
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR,FP
Sanand-9
ED,EAG
N,M
T
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-5
EA
N
T,TW,
W,TK
PO,TO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR,FP
Ahmedabad10
EA
-
T,TW,TK
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR,FP
Bavla-10
EA,Wheat
N
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Bavla-07
EA
-
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Bavla-02
EA
N
T
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-15
EA
-
T,TW,W,TK
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-10
EA
-
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,FP
Sanand-15
EA
-
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,FP
Sanand-08
EA
-
T,HP,
TW,W,TK
T,TW,
W,TK,C
Modasar
P,S,C
Palwada
P,C
Nani Devti
P,C
Moti Devti
P,C
H,MCW,PHC
T,HP,TW
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-05
ED,EAG
-
Moraiya
P,S,C
PHS,FWC,H,MCW,PHC
T,HP
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-06
EA
N,M
Sanand
CWC,PHS,FWC,
RMP,H,MCW,PHC
PHS,FWC,RMP,
CHW,H,MCW,PHC
T,TW
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-08
EA
-
T,TW,
W,TK
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-06
EA
-
T,TW
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sarkhej-06
EA
-
T
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sarkhej-10
EA
-
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR,FP
Sanand-2
EA
N,M
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-5
ED,EAG
-
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
Sanand-4
EA
N,M
Changodar
P,S,C
Soyla
P,C
Kolat
P,AC,C
CHW,H,MCW,PHC
Navapura
P,C
H,MCW,PHC
Kanety
P,C
H,MCW,PHC
Ganasharpura
(Pipan)
P,C
CWC,H,MCW,PHC
Sanand (Rural)
P,C
H,MCW,PHC
T,HP,
TW,W,TK
T,TW,
W,TK
105
T,HP,TW,
W,TK
T,HP,TW,
W,TK
T,TW,W,TK
Taluka
Daskroi
Name of
Village
Education
Badrabad
P,C
Vanzar Navu
P,C
Bakrol Navu
P,C
Kamod
P,C
Ode
P,C
Visalpur
P,S,PUC,C
Miroli
P,S,C
Kasindra (Mota
Chhapara)
P,S,C
Bhat
P,S,C
Mandanpura
(Badrakha)
Dholka
Kavitha
(Sorada)
P,S,C
P,S,C
Medical
RMP,CHW,H,
MCW,PHC
RMP,CHW,H,
MCW,PHC
RMP,CHW,H,
MCW,PHC
RMP,CHW,H,
MCW,PHC
PHS,RMP,CHW,
H,MCW,PHC
CWC,PHS,CHW,
H,MCW,PHC
PHS,FWC,RMP,
CHW,H,MCW,PHC
HC,PHC,PHS,FWC,
RMP,CHW,H,MCW
PHS,RMP,CHW,
H,MCW,PHC
H,D,PHS,FWC,RMP,
CHW,MCW,PHC
RMP,H,MCW,PHC
106
Drinking Water
T,TW
T,TW,TK,O
T,TW,W,
TK,R,C
T,TW,
W,R,O
T,TW,W,
TK,O
T,TW,O
T,TW,TK,R,O
T,TW,W,
TK,R,C,O
T,TW,W,
TK,O
Nearest Town
Post &
Approach
Power Newspaper/
Communication
and Distance
Telegraph
to village
supply Magazine
(in kms)
AhmedabadEA
N,M
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR
17
AhmedabadPO,PH
BS, RS
PR
EA
N,M
10
AhmedabadPO,PH
BS, RS
PR
EA
N
20
AhmedabadPO,PH
BS, RS
PR
EA
N,M
13
AhmedabadPO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR,FP
EA
N
15
AhmedabadPO,PH
BS, RS
PR
EA
N,M
17
AhmedabadPO,PH
BS, RS
PR,FP
EA
N,M
25
AhmedabadPO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR
EA
N,M
22
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR,FP
Dholka-16
EA
N,M
T,HP,W
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR
Dholka-10
EA
N
T
PO,PH
BS, RS
PR,MR,FP
Dholka-13
EA
N,M
List of Abbreviations
Education
Medical
CWC
Chief Welfare Center
C
Primary or Elementary
school
College
PHS
Primary Health Sub-Center
S
Secondary School
PHC
Public Health Center
P
Post & Telegraph
Post Office
PO
PH
Telephone connection
Drinking Water
HC
CHW
H
Health Center
Community Health Worker / Health
Worker
Hospital
MCW
Maternity & Child Welfare Centre
FWC
Family Welfare Center
T
Tap Water
W
Well Water
N
Newspaper
TK
Tank Water
M
Magazine
TW
Tube well Water
HP
Hand Pump
Approach to Village
News Paper, Magazine
Communication
BS
Bus
RS
Railway Station
Power Supply
PR
Pucca Road
MR
Mud Road
EA
FP
Foot Path
ED
EAG
Electricity for all purpose
Electricity for Domestic purpose
Electricity for Agriculture
107
SECTION IV
ANTICIPATED
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS &
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
MEASURES
Section-IV/ Anticipated Environmental Impacts &
Environment Management
SECTION – IV
INDEX
S. No.
PARTICULARS
Page No.
4.0
GENERAL
109
4.1
LAND ENVIRONMENT
109
4.2
AIR ENVIRONMENT
110-120
4.3
WATER ENVIRONMENT
120-124
4.4
SOLID WASTE
125
4.5
NOISE POLLUTION
126
4.6
127-128
**********
108
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT MEASURES
4.0 GENERAL
Various operations involved in existing unit as well in proposed manufacturing process have
been studied to identify, predict and evaluate impacts on various environmental components
as discussed below. This will help to avoid, minimize and mitigate the pollution, which will be
generated from the proposed expansion.
1. Land Environment
2. Water Environment
3. Air Environment
4. Noise Environment
5. Solid Waste
6. Biological
4.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT
Impact and Management:This is the expansion project. The expansion will be carried out within the same existing
premises and the open land area available within existing premises will be utilized for
establishing the proposed plant and thus there will not be any significant topographical
change. The construction activity will be carried out for process plant, utility, storage area,
etc. for proposed expansion which will help in fixation of soil but some construction activities
will disturb the soil profile of that particular small area within the premises but the same will
temporary and have insignificant impact.
Following are the measures to minimize the impacts on land environment:
About 20% of the total plot area will be developed as green belt.

There will not be any generation and hence disposal of industrial effluent due to
proposed expansion activity.

Hazardous waste will be stored on impervious surface with leachate collection system
before send it to TSDF site. Thus, there will not be any possibility of land contamination.

Traffic load will be slightly increased but approach roads are sufficient to support the
extra traffic load. However, proponent will co-operate with Govt. time to time in
strengthening of approach roads.
109
4.2
AIR ENVIRONMENT
Prediction of air pollution impacts is the most important component in the environmental
impact assessment studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to
predict impacts of developmental activities on physico, ecological and socioeconomic
environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre project) status of
environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post project) scenario of environmental
conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to identify the environmental management plan
required to be executed during and after commissioning the proposed expansion project to
minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality. Both gaseous organic and inorganic
compounds, as well as particulates, may be emitted during manufacturing activities. The
details of the emission during construction phase and operation phase is given below.
4.2.1
Impact on Air Environment
A. During Construction Phase
Construction activities have the potential to generate a substantial amount of air pollution.
Construction activities that contribute to air pollution include: land clearing, operation of
diesel engines, burning, and working with toxic materials. Diesel is also responsible for
emission of carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxides and carbon dioxide. Noxious
vapors from oils, glues, thinners paints, treated woods, plastics, cleaners and other
hazardous chemicals that are widely used on construction sites, also contribute to air
pollution. The dust generation during construction will be suppressed through intensive water
spraying. The proper maintenance of equipment and transport vehicles will reduce
generation of gases.
During construction phase fugitive dust emission sources will be as under:
I. Construction Operation:
Fugitive dust emission is the main pollution, generated from the construction activities.
Construction site generate high levels of dust (typically from concrete, cement, wood, stone,
silica). Construction dust is classified as PM10 - particulate matter less than 10 microns in
diameter, invisible to the naked eye. However, the impact on the air quality during
construction phase will be localized, temporary and reversible in nature Particulate dust
emissions from the construction are a function of total land disturbed and the volume of soil
excavated. The ratio of PM2.5 to PM10 is assumed to be 0.20.
The emissions factors is estimated approximately 0.019 tons PM10/acre-month for
initial emissions estimate. The construction will be undertaken for about 708 sqm and
it will take about 4months for completion. Thus, emission will be 0.032 kg PM10 per
day only.
110
II. Particulate Emission from Transportation:
When a vehicle travel on the road, particulate emissions occur due to direct emissions from
vehicles in the form of exhaust. The level of the emission depends upon the condition of the
road (paved/unpaved) and condition of vehicles. PM dust emissions from road construction
activities are a function of acres disturbed during construction. As most of the vehicle used in
plant are trucks and heavy vehicle which are diesel vehicles. Diesel engines breathe only air,
blow by gases from the crankcase (consisting primarily of air and HC) are rather low. Due to
its low volatility, evaporative emissions from the fuel tank can also be ignored. The low
concentration of CO and un-burnt Hydro Carbons in the diesel exhaust are compensated by
high concentration of NOx.
B. During Operation Phase
I.
Process Emissions (Fugitive Emission):-
Process emissions are resulted from the manufacture of proposed products. The major are
VOC emissions from reactor vents, man ways, material loading and unloading, acid
gases/fumes.
II. Point Source Emission
There will be following point source emissions from the existing unit and proposed expansion



Thermic Fluid Heater (1 to 3)
Steam Boiler
D. G. set 1 & 2
Particulate matter, SO2 and NOx will be the major pollutants generated from the above units
as listed below.
Source
S.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Duty Status
Fuel Used
Existing
Proposed
Thermic Fluid Heater - 1
(3.0 Lac Kcal/Hr.)
Working
Stand by
Agro Waste /
White Coal /
Imported Coal
(6.0 Lac Kcal/Hr.)
N.A.
Working
Existing – 3.2
MT/Day
(6.0 Lac Kcal/Hr.)
N.A.
Working
Proposed – 5.8
MT/Day
Pollutant
PM < 150
mg/Nm3
SO2 <
100 ppm
NOx < 50
ppm
Chimney
Height
22
(Common)
N.A.
Working
Total After
Expansion - 9.0
MT/Day
D.G. Set-1 (50 KVA)
Stand by
Stand by
Diesel
9
D.G. Set-2 (125 KVA)
Stand by
Stand by
100 Liters/Day
9
Steam Boiler
(0.6 TPH)
111
The unit proposes use Agro Waste and/or White Coal and/or Imported Coal for the Thermic
Fluid Heaters and Steam Boiler and Diesel for the DG Set, the characteristics of the fuel are
as listed below,
Fuel
Ash Content
Sulphur content
Agro Waste
< 10.0%
< 0.1%
White Coal
< 10.0%
< 0.1%
Imported Coal
< 15.0%
< 1.0%
Diesel
< 1.0%
< 0.5%
III. Area Source (Fugitive Emission):a) Emission during the Transportation
This is the expansion project and looking to the products and raw materials quantity,
there will not be any considerable effect occurred due to minor transportation
activities. However, Particulate emissions occur whenever vehicles travel over a
paved or unpaved road. Particulate emissions from the paved roads are due to direct
emissions from vehicles in the form of exhaust, brake wear and tear emissions and
re- suspension of loose material on the road surface. The quantity of dust emissions
from a given segment of unpaved road varies linearly with the volume of traffic. Dust
emissions also depend on the source parameters that characterize the condition of a
particular road and the associated vehicle traffic. PM dust emissions from road
construction activities are a function of acres disturbed during construction.
b) Exhaust gas from the vehicles
During the transportation of the materials, exhaust gas also contributes in the air
pollution. The amount of the exhaust gas and the level of the air pollutants are
depend upon the condition of the vehicles. When a vehicle travel on the road,
particulate emissions occur due to direct emissions from vehicles in the form of
exhaust. The level of the emission depends upon the condition of the road
(paved/unpaved) and condition of vehicles.
4.2.2
Impact on Air Quality
The impact on air quality is assessed based on emissions of the proposed oil fired boilers in
the plant. SO2 and NOx will be the important pollutants emitting from the stacks.
Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing mathematical model
based on a steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for multiple point sources
for short term. In the present case, Industrial Source Complex [ISC3] dispersion model based
112
on steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources for short term
and developed by United States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] has been used for
simulations from point sources.
Model Input Data
For the modeling purpose, all pollutants as described above are considered. The details of
stack emissions envisaged from the project are given in Table-4.1.
Table 4.1:
Stack Emission Details
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
Parameters
m
m
m/sec
o
K
3
m /sec
Thermopac Boiler- 2
& 3 and Steam Boiler
22
0.30
8.0
423
0.565
g/sec
g/sec
g/sec
0.0398
0.1041
0.0150
Units
Stack Height
Top diameter of flue
Flue gas velocity
Exit Flue gas temperature
Flue gas flow rate
Emission rate at stack exit
Particulate Matter (PM10)
SO2
NOx
DG set
9
0.10
8.0
473
0.063
0.0040
0.0103
0.0030
Presentation of Results
In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for the study period. The Ground
level
concentrations
are
computed
for
24-hrs average.
Maximum
Ground
3
level
3
concentrations of PM10, SO2, and NOx for study period were 1.443 g/m , 3.761g/m , and
0.661g/m3 respectively and were falling at 500m from the point source. The incremental
ground level concentrations for various pollutants are given in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2:
Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations
Pollutant
PM10
Maximum Incremental
Concentration (g/m3)
1.443
Distance
(m)
500
Towards
Direction
SW
SO2
3.761
500
SW
NOx
0.661
500
SW
Resultant Concentrations after Implementation of the Project
The maximum incremental GLCs due to the proposed project for PM10, NOx and SO2 are
superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations recorded during the study period. The
113
cumulative concentrations (baseline + incremental) after implementation of the project are
tabulated below in Table 4.3. The predicted ground level concentration isopleths for various
parameters during study period is given in Figure 4.1 to 4.3.
Table 4.3:
Details of incremental concentration of pollutants on sensitive locations like
habitations
Pollutant
Baseline
PM10
Project Site
Vishalpur
Changodar
Industrial Area
Tajpur
Changodar
Navapura
SO2
Project Site
Vishalpur
Changodar
Industrial Area
Tajpur
Changodar
Navapura
NOx
Project Site
Vishalpur
Changodar
Industrial Area
Tajpur
Changodar
Navapura
Distance
Incremental
Resultant
(km)
Direction
84.6
72.9
0.000
0.023
84.600
72.923
-3.95
-ESE / 118°
91.2
0.540
91.740
0.95
SW / 230°
86.3
82.3
64.2
0.004
0.110
0.000
86.304
82.410
64.200
2.88
0.80
2.17
S / 190°
W / 280°
NNW / 340°
27.8
20.4
0.000
0.059
27.800
20.459
-3.95
-ESE / 118°
31.5
1.405
32.905
0.95
SW / 230°
29.2
24.3
18.9
0.009
0.286
0.000
29.209
24.586
18.900
2.88
0.80
2.17
S / 190°
W / 280°
NNW / 340°
21.2
21.9
0.000
0.009
21.200
21.909
-3.95
-ESE / 118°
21.9
0.265
22.165
0.95
SW / 230°
27.8
31.9
19.8
0.001
0.047
0.000
27.801
31.947
19.800
2.88
0.80
2.17
S / 190°
W / 280°
NNW / 340°
The predictions indicate that the resultant of SO2 and NOx concentrations are likely to be well
within the prescribed limits for Industrial, residential and rural zone. Thus, the air quality due to
the proposed activity doesn’t really change the existing scenario as observed from the modeling
results.
114
Fig. 4.1
Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations of PM10
(Post Monsoon)
115
Fig. 4.2
Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations of SO2
(Post Monsoon)
116
Fig. 4.3
Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations of NOx
(Post Monsoon)
117
4.2.3
MANAGEMENT
I. During Construction Phase
The impacts of the construction phase will be temporary and localized phenomena except
the permanent change in local landscape and land use pattern at the project site.
•
Dust pollution can be minimized at the source by water spraying and maintenance of
road.
•
Construction material will be stored in temporary storage yard.
•
There will be no basement; hence quantity of the soil excavation will be comparatively
less. However, soil will be kept moist to reduce dust emission during excavation for
piling.
•
The excavated materials will be place only on the designated disposal areas.
•
The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical
height to limit fugitive dust generation.
•
The construction area will be shielded with the help of tarpaulin from all the four sides
to contain the air emissions within the premises.
•
Dust or dusty material will not be swept without effectively treating it with water or other
substances in order to minimize its dust emission.
•
Suitable covered skips and enclosed chats or other suitable measures will be provided
in order to minimize dust emission to the atmosphere when materials & waste will be
removed from the premises.
•
Rapid cleanup of project related track out or material spills on paved road.
•
Natural topography will be maintained to the greatest extent possible.
•
Parking lot and paved road will be constructed first.
•
Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first.
•
During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum
flow of dust particle takes place.
•
The first and most important step towards emission control for the large in-use fleet of
vehicles is the formulation of an inspection and maintenance system. It is possible to
reduce 30-40% pollution loads generated by vehicles through proper periodical
inspections and maintenance of vehicles
•
All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of the
vehicles will be avoided.
•
PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust emission.
118
II. During Operation Phase
 To control the fugitive emissions generated during various operations in the industry,
plant authorities will adopt following mitigation measures.
•
The entire manufacturing activities will be carried out in the closed system.
•
Mechanical seals will be provided for all the reactors for improving emission control
measures.
•
All reactors will be provided by vapor condensers.
•
All solvent storage tanks will be provided with vent condensers having chilled water or
brine circulation.
•
Dedicated pipe lines for transfer of solvents from respective solvent storage tanks to
reactors in the production blocks.
•
All the electrical motors of pumps for the handling of hazardous chemicals will be flame
proof and all pumps provided with suitable mechanical seal with stand by arrangement.
 To control the flue gas emissions generated during various operations in the industry,
plant authorities will adopt following mitigation measures.
•
Agro Waste/ White Coal/ Imported Coal will be used as fuel in the Thermic Fluid
Heaters. The have provided Multi Cyclone Separator to TFH-1 and will provide
individual cyclone separator followed by common Bag Filter to TFH-2 & 3 and Multi
Cyclone Separator to steam boiler as an air pollution control measures to control the
emission of particulate matter
•
In case of failure of any air pollution control equipments, the process activities will be
stopped.
•
Regular post project air monitoring schedule will be planned and record will be
maintained to track any problem in Air Pollution Control Equipment.

To control the point source emissions generated during various operations in
the industry, plant authorities will adopt following mitigation measures.
The unit will install stack of appropriate height at the point sources:
D. G. Set (stand-by):
One D.G. set of capacity 125 KVA will be installed as stand-by. The adequate stack
height will be provided as per the norms of the CPCB.
Stack Height required = height of the building/shed + (0.2X√kVA)
= 3 + (0.2X√125) = 5.23 m Say 5.2 m
119
As per the calculation, height of the stack will be 5.2 m. The stack height of 9 m will be
provided, which is more than required and adequate to disperse the pollutants
effectively, so that the pollutants would not be deposited on the land and water bodies.

Thermic Fluid Boiler: For two TFH of 6 Lac kilo calories/hour individual cyclone
separator followed by common Bag Filter with a stack of 22 m height will be installed

Steam Boiler: Multi Cyclone Separator with a common stack of 22 m height will be
installed
4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT
4.3.1 Impact
I. During Construction Phase:
Sewage will be the only source of water pollution.

Un-captured run off from the site.
II. During Operation Phase:A. Waste water from industrial process
There will not be any waste water generation from the industrial process of the existing unit
as well as after the proposed expansion. At present Only 0.5 KLD waste water is
generated from the Cooling blow down, which is reused on land for gardening/plantation
purpose within premises. After the proposed expansion the waste water generation form
the Cooling blow down and steam boiler will increase up to 1.1KLD which is also reused
on land for gardening/plantation purpose within premises. The details are shown below:
Sr.
No.
Category
Water Consumption,
KLD*
Waste Water Generation,
KLD*
E
P
T
E
P
T
1.
Domestic
5.0
1.5
6.5
4.0
1.2
5.2
2.
Gardening
--
1.0
1.0
Nil
Nil
Nil
3.
Industrial
a. Process
1.0
Nil
1.0
Nil
Nil
Nil
b. Cooling (make up)
5.0
5.0
10.0
0.5
0.5
1.0
c. Steam Boiler
0.0
1.0
1.0
Nil
0.1
0.1
6.0
6.0
12.0
0.5
0.6
1.1
11.0
8.5
19.5
4.5
1.8
6.3
Total Industrial
Consumption/Generation
Grand Total
Consumption/ Discharge
*E:Existing, P: Proposed, T: Total after Expansion
B. Domestic waste water from the different sections of building
120
Waste water will be generated from the domestic activities of working staff. The Domestic
effluent @ 5.2 KLD due to proposed expansion, is discharged in to soak pit through septic
tank.
4.3.2 Management
I. During construction Phase
•
This is the expansion project and proposed expansion will be carried out within the
same premises so construction workers will be used the existing sanitary facilities.
•
Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where
it could contaminate groundwater;
•
Ensure prompt cleaning up of accidental spillages
•
Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological features by
diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area.
•
The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition;
•
Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance;
•
Accidental spillages will be cleaned up promptly.
•
Curing water will be sprayed and after liberal curing, all concrete structures will be
covered with gunny bags this will conserves water.
•
Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to
prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads
•
Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to
flow through.
•
All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.
Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating the water
pollution.
I. During Operation Phase
Industrial waste water- There will not be any waste water generation from the industrial
process and hence there will be no need of any control measures.
Domestic waste water
Domestic waste water to the tune of 5.2 KLD, total after the proposed expansion will be
treated in the septic tank followed by soak pit. The septic tank is designed as per the IS
2470:1985 code. The septic tank acts as sedimentation-cum-digestion tank. Anaerobic
digestion of the settled sludge occurs in its bottom zone and the supernatant liquid have to
undergo treatment in a soak pit. The capacity of the septic tank is such as to take care of the
variations, in the flow. The septic tank is constructed in 2 compartments to facilitate cleaning
of one while the other is in use. The chamber is so designed that the sludge generated is
121
gradually slope down in sludge chamber, where over a period of time is manually cleaned.
The sludge generated on cleaning is used as manure for plantation.
Fig: 4.4
Schematic diagram of septic tank followed by soak pit
4.3.3 Rain water harvesting scheme
Rain water harvesting system will be provided for the building roof drainage and the site
drainage. The rain water will be collected by gravity through catch basin, rain water manhole
and PVC pipe and finally discharge to the Rain water Harvesting Pit. Overflow of rainwater
harvesting pit shall be discharged to nearby natural storm water drain/surface rain water
sump. The total discharge from the area is calculated by considering the average annual
rainfall of 700 mm and the drainage network will be designed considering the maximum
rainfall intensity of 40 mm/hr.
The rain water harvesting systems will capture surface run-off from all areas and provide
annual recharge will be to tune of 983 m3. It will help to improve the ground water level.
DESIGN BASIS FOR RAIN WATER CALCULATION
RUN – OFF [DISCHARGE]
Q = CIA
where
Q = run-off (discharge) in cubic meters per hour (m3/hour).
C = Co-efficient /Impermeability factor of the surface.
I = Intensity of rainfall = Taking 40 mm/hour
A = Total area in Hectare.
122
Table: 4.6
Co-efficient of Runoff/Impermeability Factor [C] :
S.No.
Value of run off coefficient /
Impermeability factor of the surface
Description of Surface
1.
Terraces, Hard paved surface
0.85 – 0.90
2.
Paved Surface, Roads
0.75 – 0.80
3.
Natural ground, sloping ground
0.10 – 0.30
Conversion Factor

1 Hectare = 10,000 Sq.mt

1 Sq.mt = 1/10,000 Hectare
Table: 4.7
RUN OFF (DISCHARGE) CALCULATION
S.
No
Type of
Structure/
Surface
Catchment Area
[A]
Sq. m Hectare
Run off
Coefficient
[C]
Intensity
of rainfall
(m/hour)
Discharge
(Run off)
[Q= CIA] m3/hr
Total (m3/hr)
Discharge [Q]
0.85
0.04
0.1521x0.85x0.04
45.6
[1]
Building (Roof Top Area)
a)
Area
[2]
Road/Paved Surface area
a)
Area
452.0
0.045
0.75
0.04
0.0452x0.75x0.04
10.8
b)
Green Belt
497.0
0.050
0.30
0.04
0.0497x0.3 x0.04
6.0
2470.0
0.247
Total
1521.0
0.152
62.4 m3/hr.
VOLUME OF RAIN WATER DRAINAGE
Total Rain Water Flow = 62.4 m3/hr
The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall intensity,
Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should be 62.4 m3 x
0.25 = 15.61 m3.
Volume = 15.61 m3
Volume of One No. Rain Water Harvesting Pit = Length x width x depth
Length of Pit = 3.5 m
Width of Pit
= 2.5 m
Depth of Pit
= 2.0 m
Volume of 1 No. Rain Water Harvesting Pit = 3.5 m x 2.5 m x 2.0 m = 17.5 m3
No. of Rain Water Harvesting Pit
Total No. of rain water
Harvesting pit required
=
Total Volume
--------------------------------------------------------------Volume of One Rain Water Harvesting Pit
123
=
15.61/17.5
= 0.89
Say
= 1 No. of rainwater harvesting structures
Providing 1 No. Rain Water harvesting pit of size 3.5 m length x 2.5 m width x 2.0 m depth
with PVC slotted pipe up to minimum depth 35 m.
Table: 4.8
Calculation for Total Annual Recharge through Rainwater Harvesting Structure
Catchment Area
[A]
Sq. m
Hectare
S.
No
Type of
Structure/
Surface
[1]
Building (Roof Top Area)
a)
Area
[2]
Road/Paved Surface area
a)
Area
452.0
b)
Green Belt
Total
Run off
Annual
Coefficient Rainfall
[C]
(m/year)
Discharge
(Run off)
[Q= CIA]
m3/annum
Total
(m3/annum)
Discharge
[Q]
0.85
0.7
0.1521x0.85x0.7
719
0.045
0.75
0.7
0.0452x0.75x0.7
171
497.0
0.050
0.30
0.7
0.0497x0.3 x0.7
94
2470.0
0.247
1521.0
0.152
983
Total annual recharge to ground water regime of the area through rainwater harvesting
structure would be 983 m3/annum
Fig: 4.5
124
4.4 SOLID WASTE
4.4.1
Impact
I.
During Construction Phase
• Construction waste likely to be generated during the site formation works include waste
wood from concrete form work; spent concrete; waste steel rebars from concrete
reinforcement activities; and material and equipment wrappings.;
• Municipal wastes generated by site workers.
The main source of hazardous waste generation is discarded bags/ containers from storage
and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant machinery. The
ancillary source of hazardous waste generation from existing as well as proposed
manufacturing activity is process waste. The unit has provided designated area of 20.2 sqm
for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover
system which will be expanded to 30.2 sq m after proposed expansion. The unit will become
the member of any GPCB approved CHWIF/TSDF site of the final disposal of hazardous
waste. The anticipated quantities of some major solid hazardous waste are given below in
table.
Table: 4.9
The anticipated quantities of solid waste are as follows
Waste
Source
Type of
waste
Category
as per
HWMR
Rules
Quantity, per
Annum*
E
P
T
PhysicalChemical
Form
Method of
Disposal
Process
Process
Waste
23.1
3
MT
2
MT
5
MT
Solid
organic
Collection,
Storage
Transportation
and disposal at
safe TSDF site
Raw
Material
Storage &
Handling
Discarded
Drums/bags
33.3
200
kg
800
Kg
1
MT
SolidInorganic
Decontaminate
and Reuse/ Sell
LiquidOrganic
Collection, storage
and used as
lubricant within the
premises / sell to
MoEF approved
Recycler/
reprocessors
Plant and
Machineries
Used /
Spent Oil
5.1
0.5
KL
0.5
KL
1.0
KL
125
4.4.2
Management

The Organic mass distilled out will be recovered and reused

Used and discarded Drums/bags will be collected, decontaminated and reuse within the
plant as far as possible.

The hazardous waste generated from the process will be collected in HDPE bags and
will be sent to CHWIF/TSDF.
4.5
NOISE POLLUTION
4.5.1 Impact
Major sources of noise pollution are vehicular traffic, heavy moving machinery etc.
Major sources of noise pollution will be
Operational machineries
Pumps
D.G. set
Transportation etc.
4.5.2 Management
 Complete construction work especially heavy work will be done during day time.
 Vehicular movement carrying raw materials will be avoided during night time.
 The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.
 Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the
workers.
 PUC certified vehicles will be used.
II. During operation phase
 All possible measures will be taken to minimize the noise.
 The insulation provided for prevention and loss of heat and personnel safety shall also
act as noise reducer.
 Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize vibrations and noise.
 Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits will be adopted.
 Existing as well as Proposed D.G. set will be stand-by and used only in case of nonavailability of electricity. However, D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt
acoustic enclosure. The acoustic enclosure will be designed for minimum 25dB (A)
insertion loss for meeting the ambient noise standards, whichever is on the higher side.
126
 Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs,
helmet etc will be provided to the workers.
 Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and
will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.
 Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant will absorb the noise. Thus will
help to control the noise pollution.
 Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually done to avoid excessive noise
generation.
 Supervisor will be responsible to control the noise by maintaining conditions of
machineries and silencers.
 About 20% of the total plot area will be under greenbelt.
4.6
4.6.1 Direct Impacts
Impact I- Loss Vegetation, Biodiversity and Habitat
This is the expansion project and proposed expansion will be carried out within the same
premises on open land area available so there will not be any removal or loss of the existing
flora of the site.
In contrary, green belt development during operational phase will improve vegetation cover
as well as the avifaunal diversity around the project area.
Impact II- Habitat Fragmentation
Proposed expansion will be carried out within the premises on the open land area and also
not forms a part of any unique habitat, so there is no threat of habitat fragmentation.
Impact III- Loss of Aquatic Ecosystem and Associated Biodiversity
No perennial rivers, streams and lakes exist in the core zone. Similarly, due to zero liquid
discharge technology of the project, impacts like loss of aquatic habitats, disturbance to the
natural flow and associated aquatic biota has not been envisaged in buffer zone also.
Impact IV- Impact to Faunal Movement
All the faunal species reported from the core zone are very common and well adapted to the
urban environment so no faunal species will be disturbed or affected significantly. Moreover,
strategic location of project site is outside the forest area and no connecting corridor found
through the present project area, so there is no possibility to change the normal movement
behavior of the existing faunal species.
127
4.6.2
Indirect Impacts
There may be indirect impact on biodiversity of the core and buffer zone due to various
project developmental activities like construction, vehicle movement etc. However, all the
indirect impact will be temporary and negligible. Surrounding areas and common species
present in the direct vicinity of the study area may be slightly affected by indirect impacts
resulting from construction and operation activities. But, considering the type of
development, the extent of this impact is expected to be relatively small and temporary.
However it can be compensated by habitat improvement through the green belt development
around the project site.
**********
128
SECTION V
ANALYSIS OF
ALTERNATIVES
(TECHNOLOGY
AND SITE)
Section –V Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site)
SECTION – V
INDEX
S.No.
5.0
Particulars
Page No.
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES TECHNOLOGY AND SITE
***********
129
130
Section –V Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site)
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)
The technology finalized for the proposed project is all latest and economically best
technology, thus no alternative for the technology was considered.
This is an existing industrial unit, adequate land is available with the unit and the proposed
project will be set up within the same premises, hence there was no need to analyze the
alternative site.
************
130
SECTION VI
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING
PROGRAMME
Section-VI Environmental Monitoring Programme
SECTION – VI
INDEX
S.No.
Particulars
Page. No.
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
6.0
INTRODUCTION
132
6.1
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE
132
6.2
133
6.3
MONITORING METHODS
136
6.4
137
6.5
INFRASTRUCTURE FOR MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENTAL
137
PROTECTION MEASURES
************
131
6.0
INTRODUCTION
Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the
status of environment during project operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions,
the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental
conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in
time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution
since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.
Usually, as in the case of the study, an impact assessment study is carried over short period
of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human
activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is
essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality.
6.1
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE
Monitoring will confirm that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct
measurement
and
recording
of
quantitative
information,
such
as
amounts
and
concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate or
statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may also require measurement of ambient
environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using ecological/biological, physical and
chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison
activities or even assessment of complaints.
The preventive approach to management may also require monitoring of process inputs, for
example, type and method used, resource consumption, equipment and pollution control
performance etc.
The key aims of monitoring are, first, to ensure that results/conditions are as forecast during
the planning stage, and where they are not, to pinpoint the cause and implement action to
remedy the situation. A second objective is to verify the evaluations made during the
planning process, in particular with risk and impact assessments and standard & target
setting and to measure operational and process efficiency. Monitoring will also be required to
meet compliance with statutory and corporate requirements. Finally, monitoring results
provide the basis for auditing.
6.1.1
Objectives of Monitoring
The objectives of monitoring are to:

Verify effectiveness of planning decisions;

Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;

Conform statutory and corporate compliance; and

Identify unexpected changes.
132
6.2
A centralized environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important
and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess the
status of environment during operation of plant. With the knowledge of baseline conditions,
the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental
conditions due to operation of the plant, and helps in planning suitable mitigatory steps that
could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of
control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by
monitoring. The following routine monitoring program will be implemented under the postproject monitoring as per CPCB guidelines.
Environmental monitoring schedules are prepared covering various phases of project
advancement, such as constructional phase and regular operational phase.
6.2.1
Monitoring Schedule during Constructional Phase
The proposed project envisages setting up of various types and grades of Synthetic
Organic Resins manufacturing unit within the existing industrial premises. The construction
or preoperational activities require mobilisation of construction material and equipment.
During construction phase the main source will be fugitive emission from transportation of
construction material and etc. As such monitoring is not required during construction phase.
6.2.2
Monitoring Schedule during Operational Phase
During operational stage, Volatile organic compounds may be emitted during the
manufacturing process as well as due to storage & handling of Raw materials and product
from fugitive sources. Along with the above the Thermic Fluid Heaters and D.G. sets are
also a potential source of emission. The attributes which merit regular monitoring based on
the environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:

Source emissions and ambient air quality

Groundwater Levels and ground water quality

Wastewater quality (effluent & sewage quality etc)

Soil quality

Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and
ambient noise levels); and

Ecological preservation and afforestation.
The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in as under will be implemented at
site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions
and regular permits from SPCB/MoEF will be monitored and reported periodically.
133
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE
S.
No.
1
2
3
Potential
Impact
AAQ &
Gaseous
Emissions
Noise
Wastewater
Discharge
Action to be
Followed
Ambient air quality
within the premises
Parameters for
Monitoring
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NOx, Total VOC
and Benzene
Frequency of
Monitoring
As per CPCB/
SPCB
requirement or
on
quarterly
basis whichever
is earlier
Flue Gas emission
PM, SO2, NOx
As per CPCB/ Thermic Fluid
Heater 1, 2 &
SPCB
requirement or 3, Steam Boiler
and
on
quarterly
basis whichever D.G. Set 1 & 2
is earlier
Workspace
Monitoring
Total VOC and
Benzene
Process Area,
Storage Area
Exhaust
from
vehicles
to
be
minimized by use of
fuel efficient vehicles
and well maintained
vehicles having PUC
certificate.
Vehicle trips to be
minimized
to the
extent possible
Noise
Level
Monitoring
Vehicle logs to be
maintained
As per CPCB/
SPCB
requirement or
on quarterly
basis whichever
is earlier
-
Vehicle logs
Daily records
Main gate
Spot Noise Level
recording;
Leq(night),
Leq(day),
Leq(dn)
Maintain records
of vehicles
Complete
evaporation
of
the
treated
wastewater
No
seepage/
leakage
during
the process
Periodic during
operation phase
Various plant
operations
and
worker
area in the
plant
-
Periodic during
operation phase
-
No
seepage/
leakage/ overflow
during
the
handling
Periodic during
operation phase
-
Generation
of
vehicular noise
No discharge to be
made
to
surface
water, groundwater
or soil.
Take care in handling
&disposal
of
wastewater
generated such that
soil and groundwater
resources
are
protected
Compliance
of
sewage disposal in to
soak
pit
through
septic tank
134
Periodic during
operation phase
Periodic during
operation phase
Location
At least one
location inside
premises
-
-
S.
No.
4
Potential
Impact
Drainage and
effluent
Management
Action to be
Followed
Ensure
drainage
system and specific
design measures are
working effectively.
Parameters for
Monitoring
Visual inspection
of drainage and
records thereof
Frequency of
Monitoring
Periodic during
operation phase
Location
-
Design to incorporate
existing
drainage
pattern and avoid
disturbing the same.
5
Water Quality
and Water
Levels
Monitoring
used
water
quality
&
groundwater quality
and levels
Comprehensive
monitoring as per
IS 10500
Ground
water
level BGL
Periodic during
operation phase
6
Energy Usage
Energy usage for airconditioning
and
other activities to be
minimized
Energy
report
audit
Annual audits
and
periodic
checks during
operational
phase
Mock
drill
records, on site
emergency plan,
evacuation plan
Periodic during
operation phase
No. of
species
plants,
Periodic during
operation phase
Records of solid
waste generation,
treatment
and
disposal
Periodic during
operation phase
Physico-chemical
parameters and
metals.
All
relevant
parameters
including HIV
Periodical
monitoring
Plantation
areas
Regular
ups
-
8
Emergency
preparedness,
such as fire
fighting
9
Maintenance
of flora and
fauna
Waste
Management
10
11
Soil quality
12
Health
Conduct
annual
energy audit for the
buildings
Fire protection and
safety measures to
take care of fire and
explosion hazards, to
be assessed and
steps taken for their
prevention.
Vegetation, greenbelt
/ green cover
development
Implement
waste
management
plan
that identifies and
characterizes every
waste
arising
associated
with
proposed
activities
and which identifies
the procedures for
collection, handling &
disposal
of
each
waste arising.
Maintenance of good
soil quality
Employees
and
migrant labour health
check ups
135
check
Water
supplied
by
Estate through
their bore well
near
project
site
-
-
6.3
MONITORING METHODS
6.3.1
Air Quality Monitoring
I.
Workspace Monitoring
The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workspace/work zone environment will be
monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than threshold limit values are observed, the
source of fugitive emissions will be identified and necessary measures taken. If the levels
are high, suitable measures as detailed in EMP will be initiated.
II.
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
The ground level concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Total VOC and Benzene will be
monitored at regular intervals. Any abnormal rise will be investigated to identify the causes
and appropriate action will be initiated. The ambient air quality data should be transferred
and processed in a centralised computer facility equipped with required software. Trend and
statistical analysis should be done.
6.3.2
I.
Water and Wastewater Monitoring
Monitoring of Groundwater
The monitoring of groundwater is the most important tool to test the efficiency of plant
performance. It is suggested to collect water samples and analyse. Records of analysis will
be maintained.
Methods prescribed by “Bureau of Indian Standard” and "Standard Methods for Examination
of Water and Wastewater" prepared & published jointly by American Public Health
Association (APHA), American Water Works Association (AWWA) are recommended.
II. Water Audit
To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters will be installed for all
major inlets. All leakages and excess will be identified and rectified. In addition, periodic
water audits will be conducted to explore further possibilities for water conservation.
III. Monitoring of Wastewater Streams
All the wastewater streams in the project area will be regularly monitored for flow and
generation. These data for the generation of wastewater and evaporation will be properly
documented and compared against the design values for any necessary corrective action.
6.3.3
Noise Levels
Noise levels will be monitored in the plant area. The frequency will be once in a three
months in the work zone. Similarly, ambient noise levels near habitations will also be
monitored once in three months. Audiometric tests should be conducted periodically for the
employees working close to the high noise sources especially D. G. set operations in this
case.
136
6.4
It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to the
EMP should be undertaken.
The environmental monitoring cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at site and
data thus generated will be regularly furnished to the State & central regulatory agencies.
The frequency of reporting will be on six monthly basis to the local state PCB officials and to
Regional office of MoEF. The Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the entire year
of operations and will be regularly submitted to regulatory authorities.
6.5
EXECUTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
Environmental Monitoring as stated above will be carried out by appointing any appropriate
agency approved by SPCB/NABL/MoEF.
**********
137
SECTION VII
ADDITIONAL
STUDIES
Section-VII Additional Studies
SECTION-VII
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page no.
7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.0
PUBLIC CONSULTATION
139
7.1
RISK ASSESSMENT
139
7.2
140
7.3
141-155
7.4
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
155-158
7.5
158-167
7.6
OFF- SITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN
168-174
7.7
174-179
7.8
179-182
***********
138
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.0
PUBLIC CONSULTATION
With reference to the TOR issued by MoE&F vide letter no. J-11011/85/2011-IA II (I) dated
03-05-2011 (Annexure-III), it is mandatory to conduct the public hearing/consultation and
address the issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same in
EIA/EMP Report as the project is located outside the Notified industrial Area and listed at
S.N. 5(f) category A.
With this a draft EIA/EMP Report is being submitted to the Gujarat Pollution Control Board,
Gandhinagar to conduct the Public Hearing for this project and detailed report on the public
hearing/consultation in the form of tabular chart will be submitted along with the final
EIA/EMP Report.
7.1
RISK ASSESSMENT
7.1.1
Introduction
Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe
conditions) that exist in the proposed plant. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the
recognition and computation of risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to,
due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the plant.
Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment
of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This
requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of
population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk
analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies.
In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks in the proposed plant,
maximum credible accident analysis, consequence analysis are addressed which gives a broad
identification of risks involved in the plant. The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been
presented based on the risk estimation for storage of Methanol/Hexane and Toluene only which
are proposed to be installed.
7.1.2
Approach to the Study
Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an event
or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:

Identification of potential hazard areas;

Identification of representative failure cases;

Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and explosion;
139

Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the impact
zones from the accidental scenarios;

Assess the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster mitigation
point of view;

Furnish specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident possibilities;
and

Preparation of broad Disaster Management Plan (DMP), On-site and Off-site Emergency
Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan.
7.2
Identification of hazards in the proposed plant is of primary significance in the analysis,
quantification and cost effective control of accidents involving chemicals and process. A
classical definition of hazard states that hazard is in fact the characteristic of
system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident. Hence, all the components of a
system/plant/process need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or
propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident. The
following two methods for hazard identification have been employed in the study:
 Identification of major hazardous units based on Manufacture, Storage and Import of
Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 of Government of India (GOI Rules, 1989); and
 Identification of hazardous units and segments of plants and storage units based on relative
ranking technique, viz. Fire-Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI).
7.2.1 Classification of Major Hazardous Units
Hazardous substances may be classified into three main classes namely flammable
substances, unstable substances and toxic substances. The ratings for a large number of
chemicals based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity have been given in NFPA Codes 49 and
345 M. The major hazardous materials to be stored, transported, handled and utilized within
the facility have been summarized in the Table-7.1. The storage details and properties are
given in Table-7.2 and Table-7.3 respectively.
Table-7.1
Hazardous Materials Stored, Transported and Handled
Materials
Xylene
Acetic Anhydride
Epoxy Resin
Bisphenol A
Caustic Soda
Methacrylic Acid
Di Butyl Tin Oxide
Hazardous Properties
UN 1307. Dangerous Goods class 3 – Flammable Liquid
UN 1715. Dangerous Goods class 3 – Flammable Liquid
UN 3082. Hazardous Goods class 9 – Non-flammable Liquid
UN 2430 Hazardous Goods class 3 – Flammable
UN 1823 Dangerous Goods class 6 – Non-flammable
UN 2531 Hazardous Goods class 8- Flammable liquid
UN 3146 Dangerous Goods class 6.1- Non-flammable
140
Table-7.2
Category wise schedule of storage
Maximum Storage
Capacity
in MT
in KL
Mode of Storage
Material
Type
Nos.
SS Tank
5
50
58
Acetic Anhydride
MS Drums
53
10
9.2
Epoxy Resin
Bisphenol A
Caustic Soda
Methacrylic Acid
Di Butyl Tin Oxide
HDPE Drums
HDPE Bags
HDPE Bags
MS Drum
HDPE Bags
100
200
2
10
20
20
5.0
0.05
2.0
0.5
17.2
4.2
0.02
1.96
0.32
Xylene
Classification
Non-dangerous
Petroleum
Non-dangerous
Petroleum
Non-flammable Resin
Flammable powder
Non-flammable powder
Flammable acid
Non-flammable oxide
Table-7.3
Properties of Materials Used in the Plant
Chemical
Codes/Label
TLV
BP
MP
FP
UEL LEL
%
-47.9
27.2 1.1 7.0
-37.5
49.4 10.3 2.9
50
---154-157 207
12.1
NA NA NA
°C
Xylene
Acetic Anhydride
Epoxy Resin
Bisphenol A
Caustic Soda
Flammable
Flammable
Non-flammable
flammable
Non-flammable
Methacrylic Acid
flammable
Di Butyl Tin Oxide Non-flammable
TLV
BP
MP
7.3
:
:
:
100 ppm
NE
Not listed
2 mg/m3
138.9
139.4
> 204.4
220
145
20 ppm
161
16
73
8.1
1.6
--
Decomposes
22.7
NA
NA
NA
Threshold Limit Value
Final Boiling Point
Melting Point
FP
:
UEL :
LEL :
Flash Point
Upper Explosive Limit
Lower Explosive Limit
7.3.1 Methodology
An assessment of the conceptual design is conducted for the purpose of identifying and
examining hazards related to feed stock materials, major process components, utility and
support systems, environmental factors, proposed operations, facilities, and safeguards.
7.3.2
Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA)
A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards associated with
storages and the processes of the plant. This is followed by consequence analysis to quantify
these hazards. Finally, the vulnerable zones are plotted for which risk reducing measures are
deduced and implemented. Preliminary hazard analysis for fuel storage area and whole plant is
given in Table-7.4 and Table-7.5.
141
Table-7.4
Preliminary Hazard Analysis for Storage Areas
Unit
Xylene
Acetic Anhydride
Capacity
11.4 KL
0.19 KL
Hazard Identified
Fire/Explosion
Fire/Explosion
Table-7.5
Preliminary Hazard Analysis for the Whole Plant In General
PHA
Category
Environmental
factors
Description of
Plausible Hazard
If there is any leakage
and
eventuality
of
source of ignition.
Recommendation
Environmental
factors
Highly
inflammable
nature of the liquid
Chemical may cause
fire hazard in the
storage facility.
A well designed fire
protection including
foam, dry powder,
and
CO2
extinguisher should
be provided.
7.3.3
--
Provision
All electrical fittings and
cables are provided as per
the specified standards. All
motor starters are flame
proof.
Fire extinguisher of small
size and big size are
provided at all potential fire
hazard places. In addition to
the above, fire hydrant
network will be provided as
per requirement.
Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI) Approach
Fire, Explosion and Toxicity Indexing (FE & TI) is a rapid ranking method for identifying the
degree of hazard. The application of FE & TI would help to make a quick assessment of the
nature and quantification of the hazard in these areas. However, this does not provide precise
information.
The degree of hazard potential is identified based on the numerical value of F&EI as per the
criteria given below:
F&EI Range
Degree of Hazard
0-60
Light
61-96
Moderate
97-127
Intermediate
128-158
159-up
Heavy
Severe
By comparing the indices F&EI and TI, the unit in question is classified into one of the following
three categories established for the purpose (Table-7.6).
142
Table-7.6
Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index
Category
I
II
III
Fire and Explosion Index (F&EI)
F&EI < 65
65 < or = F&EI < 95
F&EI > or = 95
Toxicity Index (TI)
TI < 6
6 < or = TI < 10
TI > or = 10
Certain basic minimum preventive and protective measures are recommended for the three
hazard categories.
7.3.4
Maximum Credible Accident Analysis (MCAA)
Hazardous substances may be released as a result of failures or catastrophes, causing
possible damage to the surrounding area. This section deals with the question of how the
consequences of the release of such substances and the damage to the surrounding area can
be determined by means of models. Major hazards posed by flammable storage can be
identified taking recourse to MCA analysis. MCA analysis encompasses certain techniques to
identify the hazards and calculate the consequent effects in terms of damage distances of heat
radiation, toxic releases, vapour cloud explosion, etc. A host of probable or potential accidents
of the major units in the complex arising due to use, storage and handling of the hazardous
materials are examined to establish their credibility. Depending upon the effective hazardous
attributes and their impact on the event, the maximum effect on the surrounding environment
and the respective damage caused can be assessed.
The reason and purpose of
consequence analysis are many folds like:

Part of Risk Assessment;

Plant Layout/Code Requirements;

Protection of other plants;

Protection of the public;

Emergency Planning; and

Design Criteria.
The results of consequence analysis are useful for getting information about all known and
unknown effects that are of importance when some failure scenario occurs in the plant and also
to get information as how to deal with the possible catastrophic events. It also gives the
workers in the plant and people living in the vicinity of the area, an understanding of their
personal situation.
143

Selected Failure Cases
The purpose of this listing (refer Table 7.9) is to examine consequences of such failure
individually or in combination. It will be seen from the list that a vast range of failure cases have
been identified. The frequency of occurrence of failure also varies widely.

Damage Criteria
The chemical storage and unloading at the storage facility may lead to fire and explosion
hazards. The damage criteria due to an accidental release of any hydrocarbon arise from fire
and explosion. The vapors of these Chemical are not toxic and hence no effects of toxicity are
expected.
Tank fire would occur if the radiation intensity is high on the peripheral surface of the tank
leading to increase in internal tank pressure. Pool fire would occur when chemicals are
collected in the dyke due to leakage gets ignited.

Fire Damage
A flammable liquid in a pool will burn with a large turbulent diffusion flame. This releases heat
based on the heat of combustion and the burning rate of the liquid. A part of the heat is radiated
while the rest is convected away by rising hot air and combustion products. The radiations can
heat the contents of a nearby storage or process unit to above its ignition temperature and thus
result in a spread of fire.
The radiations can also cause severe burns or fatalities of workers or fire fighters located within
a certain distance. Hence, it will be important to know beforehand the damage potential of a
flammable liquid pool likely to be created due to leakage or catastrophic failure of a storage or
process vessel. This will help to decide the location of other storage/process vessels, decide
the type of protective clothing the workers/fire fighters’ need, the duration of time for which they
can be in the zone, the fire extinguishing measures needed and the protection methods needed
for the nearby storage/process vessels.
Table-7.7 tabulates the damage effect on equipment and people due to thermal radiation
intensity.
144
Table-7.7
Damage Due to Incident Radiation Intensities
Sr.
No.
1
Incident
Radiation
(kW/m2)
37.5
2
25.0
3
19.0
4
12.5
5
4.5
Type of Damage Intensity
Damage to Equipment
Damage to People
Damage to process equipment
Minimum energy required to
ignite wood at indefinitely long
exposure without a flame
Maximum thermal radiation
intensity allowed on thermally
unprotected
adjoining
equipment
Minimum energy to ignite with a
flame; melts plastic tubing
--
100% lethality in 1 min. 1%
lethality
in 10 sec.
50% Lethality in 1 min.
Significant injury in 10 sec.
--
1% lethality in 1 min.
Causes pain if duration is
longer than 20 sec, however
blistering is un-likely (First
degree burns)
6
1.6
-Causes no discomfort on
long exposures
Source: Techniques for Assessing Industrial Hazards by World Bank.
The effect of incident radiation intensity and exposure time on lethality is given in Table-7.8.
Table-7.8
Radiation Exposure and Lethality
Radiation
Intensity (kW/m2)
1.6
Exposure Time
(seconds)
--
Lethality (%)
Degree of Burns
0
4.5
4.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
12.0
12.0
12.5
25.0
37.5
20
50
20
50
60
20
50
Inst
inst
inst
0
0
0
<1
<1
<1
8
10
50
100
No Discomfort even
after long exposure
1 st
1 st
1 st
3 rd
3 rd
2 nd
3 rd
----
145
7.3.5
Scenarios Considered for MCA Analysis
I. Chemical Storage
The details of storages in the proposed plant are given Table-7.2 above. In case of chemical
released in the area catching fire, a steady state fire will occur. Failures in pipeline may occur
due to corrosion and mechanical defect. Failure of pipeline due to external interference is not
considered as this area is licensed area and all the work within this area is closely supervised
with trained personnel.
II. Modeling Scenarios
Based on the storage and consumption of various chemicals the following failure scenarios for
the proposed plant have been identified for MCA analysis and the scenarios are discussed in
Table-7.9. The chemical properties considered in modeling are given in Table-7.10.
Table-7.9
Scenarios Considered For MCA Analysis
Scenario
Total
Quantity
Incident
1-A
Leakage of Xylene tank
1-B
Failure of Xylene tank
1-C
Explosion of Xylene tank
2-A
Leakage of Acetic anhydride tank
2-B
Failure of Acetic anhydride tank
2-C
Explosion of Acetic anhydride tank
Scenarios considered
Evaporating puddle
11.4 KL
Pool fire
Fireball
Evaporating puddle
0.19 KL
Pool fire
Fireball
Table-7.10
Properties of Chemicals Considered For Modeling
Sr.
No.
1
2
7.3.6
Fuel
Xylene
Acetic anhydride
Molecular weight
(kg/kg mol)
106.17
102.09
Boiling Point
(C)
138.9
139.4
Density
(kg/m3)
861
700
Model used for MCA Analysis
The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios by ALOHA (version
5.4.1.2) of EPA. A computer based version ALOHA 5.4.1.2 is used to calculate thermal, toxic
and explosive effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area.
ALOHA was jointly developed by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) and the Environment Protection Agency (EPA).
146
7.3.7
Results and Discussion
The results of MCA analysis for all three scenarios considered for both the chemicals taken into
consideration as given below are discussed in detail.
Scenario 1-A: Evaporating puddle from Xylene Tank
The maximum capacity of storage of Xylene will be 11.4 KL. In case of leakage from a hole
in the storage tank, an evaporating puddle will be generated of the flammable liquid Xylene.
It is assumed that the flammable liquid escapes from the tank without burning. The model
run for calculating threat zone of evaporating puddle is a Gaussian model.
a). Source Strength:
In case of a circular opening of diameter 1 inch in the vertical storage tank at 0.15 meters from
the bottom of the tank, the maximum average sustained release rate is of 1.68 kilograms/min
and total amount released is 56.8 Kg forming an evaporating puddle of diameter 38m.
b). Toxic Threat Zone:
The threat zones for the evaporating puddle in case of leakage from Xylene storage tank are
defined as below.
Table-7.11
Toxic Threat Zone and Lethality
Threat Zone
TEEL/ ERPG*
Red :
TEEL-3 : 2500 ppm
Orange:
TEEL-2 : 920 ppm
Yellow:
TEEL-1 : 130 ppm
*NOTE: TEEL: Temporary Emergency Exposure Limits.
Distance, m
19
18
18
ERPG: Emergency Response Planning Guidelines.
Threat zone of toxic radiation was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make
dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances.
Scenario 1-B: Pool Fire from Xylene Tank
The maximum capacity of storage of Xylene will be 11.4 KL. The most credible failure is the
rupture of the largest pipe connecting to the storage tank. As the worst case, it is assumed
that the entire contents leak out into the dyke forming a pool, which may catch fire on finding
a source of ignition. The radiation intensities have been computed using software ALOHA
based pool fire model and the results are tabulated in Table 7.12 and Figure 7.1.
147
In case of Burning puddle or pool fire from the failure of Xylene tank. We consider that the
flammable liquid is burning as it escapes from the tank of Volume 12,646 liters which is 92%
full having a hole of diameter 1 inch forms a maximum flame length at 20 m, with max burn rate
of 1420 Kg/min forming a puddle spread to a diameter of 26 m.
b). Thermal Radiation Threat Zone:
Model output and the Threat zone for Thermal Radiation in case of pool fire scenario due to
failure of Xylene storage tank is presented in Figure 7.1.
Table – 7.12
Radiation Intensities from Pool Fire during Failure of Xylene Tank
Radiation Intensities (kW/m2)
Distances (m)
37.5
25.0
19.0
12.5
4.5
1.6
34
38
41
46
62
90
Figure – 7.1: Threat zone of thermal radiation – Xylene.
The results of MCA analysis are tabulated indicating the distances for various damages
identified by the damage criteria, as explained earlier. Calculations are done for radiation
intensities levels of 37.5, 25, 12.5, 4.5 and 1.6-kW/m2, which are presented in Table-7.12 for
different scenarios. The distances computed for various scenarios are from the center of the
pool fire.
148
We would like to mention that since the flash point of Xylene is not very high, it is unlikely
that the leakage of flammable liquid will cause a pool-fire. Even then we consider a worst
case scenario where complete liquid is burned forming a pool-fire. A perusal of the above
table clearly indicates that 37.5 kW/m2 (100% lethality) occurs within the radius of the pool
which is computed at 34 m tank on pool fire. This vulnerable zone will damage all fuel
storage equipment falling within the pool radius. Similarly, 25 KW/m2 (50% lethality) occurs
within the radius of the pool computed at 38m tank on pool fire. Similarly, the threshold limit
for first degree burns is 1.6 kW/m2, this vulnerable zone in which the thermal fluxes above the
threshold limit for first degree is restricted to 90 m in case tank on pool fire.
Scenario 1-C: Fireball from Catastrophic Explosion of Xylene Tank
The maximum capacity of storage of Xylene will be 11.4 KL. In case of explosion due
BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion) of flammable liquid Xylene from the
vertical storage tank forms a fire-ball of the flammable chemical. The thermal radiation
generated from the fireball has been calculated through the Thermal radiation model of
ALOHA.
a). Source Strength: In case of BLEVE(Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion) of
flammable liquid in vertical cylindrical tank of diameter 2.3 m, height 3m containing a 12,464
liters volume of flammable liquid Xylene. In worst-case scenario we consider 100% of tank
mass in fireball, which will lead to a fire-ball of 354 m diameter that will burn for duration of 20
seconds.
b). Threat Zone:
The radiation threat-zone due to catastrophic explosion from the proposed Xylene storage
tank is as depicted in below Figure 7.2.
149
Figure – 7.2: Threat zone of catastrophic explosion- Xylene.
Scenario 2-A: Evaporating puddle from Acetic anhydride Tank

Evaporating puddle released from a hole in Acetic anhydride Storage Tank
The maximum capacity of storage of Acetic anhydride will be 0.19 KL. In case of leakage
from a hole in the storage tank, an evaporating puddle will be generated of the flammable
liquid Acetic anhydride. It is assumed that the flammable liquid escapes from the tank
without burning. The model run for calculating threat zone of evaporating puddle is a
Gaussian model.
a). Source Strength: In case of a circular opening of diameter 1 inch in the vertical storage
tank at 0.1 meters from the bottom of the tank, the maximum average sustained release rate is
of 558 grams/min and total amount released is 32.1 Kg forming an evaporating puddle of
diameter 6.3 m.
b). Threat Zone:
The threat zones for the evaporating puddle in case of leakage from Acetic anhydride storage
tank are defined as given in below table-7.13 and presented in Figure 7.3.
150
Table-7.13
Toxic Threat Zone and Lethality
Threat Zone
Red :
Orange:
Yellow:
TEEL/ ERPG*
ERPG -3 :100 ppm
ERPG -2 : 15 ppm
ERPG -1 : 0.5 ppm
Distance, m
26*
93
572
* Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion
predictions less reliable for short distances.
Figure – 7.3: Threat Zone of Toxic Condition- Acetic Anhydride
Scenario 2-B: Pool Fire from Acetic Anhydride Tank
The maximum volume of storage of Acetic anhydride will be 0.19 KL. The most credible
failure is the rupture of the largest pipe connecting to the storage tank. As the worst case, it
is assumed that the entire contents leak out into the dyke forming a pool, which may catch
fire on finding a source of ignition.
The radiation intensities have been computed using software ALOHA based pool fire model
and the results are tabulated in Table 7.14.
151
In case of Burning puddle or pool fire from the failure of Acetic anhydride tank. We consider that
the flammable liquid is burning as it escapes from the tank of Volume 190 liters which is 92%
full having a hole of diameter 10 cm forms a maximum flame length at 6 m and burn duration of
4 min, with max burn rate of 52.9 Kg/min forming a puddle spread to a diameter of 6.3 m.
b). Thermal Radiation Threat Zone:
Model output and the Threat zone for Thermal Radiation in case of pool fire scenario due to
failure of Xylene storage tank is presented in Figure 7.4.
Figure – 7.4: Threat zone of thermal radiation – Acetic anhydride.
The results of MCA analysis are tabulated indicating the distances for various damages
identified by the damage criteria, as explained earlier. Calculations are done for radiation
intensities levels of 37.5, 25, 12.5, 4.5 and 1.6-kW/m2, which are presented in Table-7.14 for
different scenarios. The distances computed for various scenarios are from the center of the
pool fire.
152
Table – 7.14
Radiation Intensities from Pool Fire during Failure of Acetic anhydride Tank
Radiation Intensities (kW/m2)
37.5
25.0
19.0
12.5
4.5
1.6
Distances (m)
<10
<10
<10
<10
11
15
A perusal of the above table clearly indicates that 37.5 kW/m2 (100% lethality) occurs within
the radius of the pool which is computed at less than 10m tank on pool fire. Also 25 KW/m2
(50% lethality) occurs within 10m of tank on pool fire.
Similarly, the threshold limit for first degree burns is 1.6 kW/m2, this vulnerable zone in which
the thermal fluxes above the threshold limit for first degree is restricted to 15 m in case tank on
pool fire.
Scenario 2-C: Fireball from Catastrophic Explosion of Acetic anhydride Tank
 Fireball formed due to catastrophic explosion of Acetic anhydride Storage tank
The maximum capacity of storage of Acetic anhydride will be 0.19 KL. In case of explosion
due BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion) of flammable liquid Acetic
anhydride from the vertical storage tank forms a fire-ball of the flammable chemical. The
thermal radiation generated from the fireball has been calculated through the Thermal
radiation model of ALOHA.
A). Source Strength: In case of BLEVE(Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion) of
flammable liquid in vertical cylindrical tank of diameter 0.5m, length 0.97m containing a 190
liters volume of flammable liquid Acetic anhydride. In worst-case scenario we consider 100% of
tank mass in fireball. The fire-ball will be of Diameter 33 m and will burn up to duration of 3
seconds.
B). Threat Zone:
The radiation threat-zone due to catastrophic explosion from the proposed acetic anhydride
storage tank is as depicted in below given Figure 7.5.
153
Figure – 7.5: Threat zone of Catastrophic explosion- Acetic anhydride.
7.3.8
Hazardous Events with Greatest Contribution to Fatality Risk
The hazardous event scenarios likely to make the greatest contribution to the risk of
potential fatalities are summarized in Table-7.15. ‘Onsite facility’ refers to the operating site
at, whereas ‘offsite facility’ refers to transport and handling systems, which are away from
the operating site.
Table-7.15
Hazardous events contributing to on-site facility risk
Hazardous Event
Onsite vehicle impact on personnel
Entrapment/struck by machinery
Fall from heights
Electrocution
Storage tank rupture
Risk
Rank
3
3
3
3
3
Consequences of Interest
Potential for single fatalities, onsite impact only
154
7.3.9
Risk Assessment Summary
The preliminary risk assessment has been completed for the proposed plant and associated
facilities and the broad conclusions are as follows:

There will be no significant community impacts or environmental damage consequences;
and

The hazardous event scenarios and risks in general at this facility can be adequately
managed to acceptable levels by performing the recommended safety studies as part of
detailed design, applying recommended control strategies and implementing a Safety
Management System.
7.3.10 Risk Reduction Opportunities
The following opportunities will be considered as a potential means of reducing identified
risks during the detailed design phase:

Buildings and plant structures designed for cyclone and seismic events (where
appropriate), to prevent structural collapse and integrity of weather (water) proofing for
storage of dangerous goods;

Provision for adequate water capacity to supply fire protection systems and critical
process water;

Isolate people from load carrying/mechanical handling systems, vehicle traffic and
storage and stacking locations;

Installation of fit-for-purpose access ways and fall protection systems to facilitate safe
access to fixed and mobile plant;

Provision and integrity of process tanks, waste holding tanks and bunded areas as per
relevant standards;

Containment of hazardous materials;

Security of facility to prevent unauthorized access to plant, introduction of prohibited
items, and control of onsite traffic; and

Development of emergency response management systems commensurate with site
specific hazards and risks (fire, explosion, rescue and first aid).
7.4
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
A storage and Handling of Hazardous chemical in a chemical industry is inevitable, and they
carry inherent characteristic risk to the employees due to the properties of chemicals such as
toxicity & flammability. Accident due to fire and explosion by flammable substances are
possible in process industry. The disastrous effect of fire, explosion and release of toxic
fumes in storage and production area, is due to inappropriate design, improper storage,
improper handling, poor maintenance or deficiencies in the operation of the plant. Chemical
155
in any form can be stored, handled and used if their physical, chemical and hazardous
properties are thoroughly understood and necessary precautions are taken.
Each chemical has its specific character. Hence, chemicals do not co-exist. They need their
independent space, while storing.
When two chemicals come in contact, they react
generating heat and by product gases. Ambient temperature and moisture can trigger the
reaction. Halogenated compounds acquire aggravated properties. It is only wise to treat
every chemical as Toxic.

Chemicals are potential enough to destroy the flesh, while skin is ultra sensitive to
chemicals. Chemicals on contact, the affected parts of the body should be washed
thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, to dilute the aggressive nature of
the chemical, as water is the only universal solvent and the best diluent. Then only
further treatment is to be followed.

Chemicals shall be handled in standard containers like MS, HDPE, GI Drums, PVC
Carboys, etc. All the chemicals are to be arranged and stored in accordance with their
compatibility, dry, well ventilated, with flame-proof electrical equipments and lighting. All
the chemicals are to be provided with identification labels.

Eye wash/Drench shower is to be provided at a strategic location for emergency
purpose.

Chemical Safety Data Sheets and handling procedure, First Aid measures are to be
prepared and displayed for information and safety of the working personnel.
7.4.1
Hazards/ Exposure Control of Chemicals
The hazards involved and its control measures for the following chemicals which are being
handled or stored in the premises are given below:
A.
Xylene
Types of
hazard /
exposure
Fire
Explosion
Acute hazards /
symptoms
Flammable.
Vapor may explode
if ignited in an
enclosed area.
Prevention
First aid / fire fighting
NO open flames, NO
sparks, and NO smoking.
Wear
self-contained
breathing apparatus.
Closed
system,
ventilation,
explosionproof electrical equipment
and lighting. Do NOT use
compressed air for filling,
discharging, or handling.
Use
non-sparking
handtools.
Extinguish with foam, dry
chemical, or carbon dioxide.
Ventilation, local exhaust,
or breathing protection.
Move to fresh air.
If breathing has stopped,
In case of fire: keep drums,
etc., cool by spraying with
water.
Exposure
Inhalation
Irritating to eyes,
nose, and throat.
156
Skin
headache, difficult
breathing, or loss of
Consciousness.
Irritation to skin
Eyes
Irritation
Ingestion
Nausea, vomiting, or
loss
of
consciousness.
B.
Protective
boots.
gloves
and
Safety
goggles,
face
shield
or
eye
protection in combination
with breathing protection.
Do not eat, drink, or
smoke during work.
give artificial respiration.
If breathing is difficult, give
oxygen. Call a doctor.
Remove
contaminated
clothes. Rinse and then
wash skin with plenty of
water and soap. Refer for
medical attention.
Hold eyelids open and flush
with plenty of water for
atleast 15 min and undergo
medical supervision.
If victim is conscious, Rinse
mouth and have victim drink
water
or milk. Do NOT induce
vomiting. Rest. Refer for
medical attention.
Acetic anhydride
Types of hazard /
exposure
Fire
Explosion
Acute hazards /
symptoms
flammable. Reacts
violently with water to
form acetic acid
Prevention
NO open flames, NO
sparks, and NO
smoking.
Risk of explosion in
presence of
mechanical impact
Closed system,
ventilation, explosionproof electrical
lighting.
Coughing, Chocking
Shortness of breath
may lead to bronchial
infection in case of
chronic exposure
Self
contained
Breathing apparatus,
Ventilation,
local
exhaust, or breathing
protection.
Irritation,
inflammation,
soaring, reddening of
skin
Protective gloves.
Itching,
soaring,
reddening
and
blistering of skin, skin
burns
Protective
gloves,
Remove work-clothes
that get significantly
wet
Irritant, causes eye
burn. Liquid mist
causes
tissue
damage in eyes,
inflammation causing
redness,
watering
and itching.
Corrosive, destroys
inner membrane of
mouth, esophagus,
Eyewash fountains in
area, Safety goggles.
First aid / fire fighting
Dry Chemical or CO2, In
case of tank on fire, flood
with water, stay away from
tank and do not pour water
inside the tank.
Cool containing vessels
with water jet.
Exposure
Inhalation
Skin
Severe Skin
contact
Eyes
Ingestion
Do not eat, drink, or
smoke during work.
157
Fresh air, provide oxygen,
avoid
mouth-to-mouth
resuscitation in case of
corrosive and hazardous
chemicals,
Refer
for
medical attention.
Remove
contaminated
clothes. Rinse and then
wash skin with water and
soap. Refer for medical
attention. Cover affected
skin with emollient
Wash with disinfectant soap
cover contaminated skin
with antibacterial cream
and refer for medical
attention.
Remove lenses, rince with
plenty of water for min
15min.
Get
medical
attention immediately.
Loose tight clothing, Rinse
mouth. Do NOT induce
vomiting. Refer for medical
attention. If is conscious
give 1-2 glass of water to
dilute it.
7.5
7.5.1
Disasters
A disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness
and suffering and, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and
other necessities of life.
Disasters can be divided into two main groups. In the first, are disasters resulting from natural
phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, storm surges, cyclones, tropical storms,
floods, avalanches, landslides, forest fires. The second group includes disastrous events
occasioned by man, or by man's impact upon the environment. Examples are armed conflict,
industrial accidents, radiation accidents, factory fires, explosions and escape of toxic gases or
chemical substances, river pollution, mining or other structural collapses, air, sea, rail and road
transport accidents which can reach catastrophic dimensions in terms of human loss.
There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in the abstract since this
depends to a large extent on the physical, economic and social environment in which it occurs.
What would be consider a major disaster in a developing country, ill equipped to cope with the
problems involved, may not mean more than a temporary emergency elsewhere. However, all
disasters bring in their wake similar consequences that call for immediate action, whether at the
local, national or international level, for the rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the
search for the dead and injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris, the provision of
temporary shelter for the homeless, food, clothing and medical supplies, and the rapid reestablishment of essential services.
7.5.2
Objectives of Disaster Management Plan [DMP]
The Disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment,
protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order of
priorities. For effective implementation of the Disaster Management Plan, it should be widely
circulated and personnel trained through rehearsals/drills.
The Disaster Management Plan should reflect the probable consequential severalties of the
undesired event due to deteriorating conditions or through 'Knock on' effects. Further the
management should be able to demonstrate that their assessment of the consequences uses
good supporting evidence and is based on currently available and reliable information, incident
data from internal and external sources and if necessary the reports of out side agencies.
158
To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the plant or in the immediate vicinity
of the plant, a Disaster Management Plan has to be formulated and this planned emergency
document is called "Disaster Management Plan".
The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the combined
resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the following:

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties;

Safeguard other people;

Minimize damage to property and the environment;

Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;

Identify any dead;

Provide for the needs of relatives;

Provide authoritative information to the news media;

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area; and

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause
and circumstances of the Emergency.
In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue, rehabilitate and render medical help
and to restore normalcy.
7.5.3
Emergencies
I. General, Industrial, Emergencies
The emergencies that could be envisaged in the plant and fuel storage are as follows:

A situation of fire at the Hydrogen Plant;

A situation of fire at the tank farm of all storages;

Slow isolated fires;

Fast spreading fires;

Structural failures;

Contamination of food/water; and

Sabotage/Social disorder.
II. Specific Emergencies Anticipated
Fire and Explosion
Fire consequences can be disastrous, since they involve huge quantities of fuel either stored or
in dynamic inventory in pipe lines or in nearby areas. Preliminary hazard analysis has provided
a basis for consequence estimation. Estimation can be made by using various pool fire, tank
fire consequence calculations. During the study of Risk Assessment, the nature of damages is
worked out and probability of occurrence of such hazards is also drawn up.
159
7.5.4
Emergency Organization
It is recommended to setup an Emergency Organization. A senior executive who has control
over the affairs of the plant should lead the Emergency Organization. He shall be designated as
Site Controller. General Manager [O & M] shall be designated as the Incident Controller. In the
case of stores, utilities, open areas, which are not under the control of the Production Heads,
Senior Executive responsible for maintenance of utilities would be designated as Incident
Controller. All the Incident Controllers would be reporting to the Site Controller.
Each Incident Controller, by himself, organizes a team responsible for controlling the incidence
with the personnel under his control. Shift In-charge would be the reporting officer, who would
bring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence Controller and Site Controller.
Emergency Co-coordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities like
fire fighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential and support services. For this
purposes, Security In-charge, Personnel Department, Essential services personnel would be
engaged. All these personnel would be designated as Key personnel.
In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in-charge, and other
maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of power or
communication system failure, some of staff members in the office/plant offices would be
drafted and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick passing of
communications. All these personnel would be declared as essential personnel.
A. Emergency Communication
Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakage etc would inform
his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center. A place nearer to the Gate House
Complex shall be identified as Emergency Control Center. The person on duty in the
Emergency Control Center would appraise the Site Controller. Site Controller verifies the
situation from the Incident Controller of that area or the Shift In-charge and takes a decision
about an impending On Site Emergency. This would be communicated to all the Incident
Controllers, Emergency Co-ordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would
be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller.
7.5.5
Emergency Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below:
I. Site Controller
On receiving information about emergency he would rush to Emergency Control Center (ECC)
and take charge of ECC and the situation. His responsibilities would be as indicated below:
 Assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of Incident Controller and decides;
 Whether the affected area needs to be evacuated;
160
 Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated;
 Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren;
 Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency;
 Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or are to be alerted;
 Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the situation in
consultation with Incident Controller and other Key Personnel as to whether shutting down
the plant or any section of the plant is required and if evacuation of persons is required;
 Directs personnel for rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire, brigade, medical and other
designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting emergencies;
 Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or effects
are likely to go beyond the premises of the factory, informs the District Emergency Authority,
Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help;
 Informs Inspector of Factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of Factories, CECB and other
statutory authorities;
 Gives a public statement if necessary;
 Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and preserves
evidence; and
 On completion of On Site Emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all clear and
orders for all clear warning.
II. Incident Controller

Assembles the incident control team;

Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel
minimize damage to the plant, property and environment and minimize the loss of
materials;

Directs the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be adversely affected
by the emergency;

Ensures that key personnel help is sought;

Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security Officer and the Local Fire
Services as and when they arrive;

Ensures that all non-essential workers/staff of the affected areas are evacuated to the
appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for casualties;

Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into the
causes and circumstances, which caused or escalated the emergency;

Co-ordinates with emergency services at the site;

Provides tools and safety equipment to the team members;
161

Keeps in touch with the team and advices them regarding the method of control to be
used; and

Keeps the Site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made.
III. Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting

On knowing about emergency, rushes to ECC;

Helps the Incident Controller in containment of the emergency;

Ensure fire pumps are in operating condition and instructs pump house operator to ready
for any emergency with standby arrangement;

Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. firemen, trained plant personnel and security staff;

Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required;

Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for fire fighting as well as assesses the
requirements of outside help;

Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area;

Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations under
his guidance and supervision;

Evacuates the people in the plant or in the nearby areas as advised by Site Controller;

Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them;

Assembles search and evacuation team;

Arranges for safety equipment for the members of this team;

Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow; and

Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.
IV. Emergency Coordinator-Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and
communication
 In the event of failure of electric supply and thereby internal telephone, sets up
communication point and establishes contact with the ECC;
 Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the injured to near by
hospitals;
 Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary;
 Keeps a list of qualified first aid providers for the plant and seeks their assistance;
 Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements;
 Makes sure that all safety equipment is made available to the emergency team;
 Assists Site Controller with necessary data to coordinate the emergency activities;
 Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills, verification of
inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller;
162
 Maintains liaison with Civil Administration;
 Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation center.
 Liaises with Site Controller/Incident Controller;
 Ensures transportation facility;
 Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency expenditure;
 Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency; and
 Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.
V. Emergency Coordinator - Essential Services

Assists Site Controller and Incident Controller;

Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water, Compressed
Air/Instrument Air, power supply for lighting;

Plans alternate facilities in the event of power failure, to maintain essential services such as
lighting, etc;

Organizes separate electrical connections for all utilities and emergency services so that in
the event of emergency or fires, essential services and utilities are not affected;

Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain
sections etc. to shift in-charge and electricians; and

Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other emergency
materials, spares etc.
VI. General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency
During an emergency, which becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an emergency
warning is raised, the workers who are in-charge of process equipment should adopt safe and
emergency shut down and attend to any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such
responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await
instructions. He should not resort to spreading panic. On the other hand, he must assist
emergency personnel towards meeting the objectives of DMP.
7.5.6
Emergency Facilities
I. Emergency Control Center (ECC)
The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency Control Center
(ECC).

Intercom, telephone;

P and T telephone;

Self contained breathing apparatus;

Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets;
163

Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indications;

Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories;

(internal, P and T) plant layout, site plan;

Emergency lamp/torch light/batteries;

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of safety
equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape
routes;

Hazard chart;

Emergency shut-down procedures;

Nominal roll of employees;

List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Co-ordinators;

Duties of key personnel;

Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, emergency coordinator, essential
employees; and

Important address and telephone numbers including Government agencies, neighboring
industries and sources of help, outside experts, fuel fact sheets and population details
around the factory.
II Assembly Point
One assembly points, depending upon the plant location, would be identified wherein
employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled
for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would
be organized.
In view of the size of plant, different locations would be ear marked as assembly points.
Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.
III
Fire Fighting Facilities
First Aid and sufficient number of Fire extinguishers suitable for emergency should be
maintained in the plant. This would be as per statutory requirements. Fire alarms would be
located in the bulk storage areas.
IV
Location of Wind Sock
Wind socks shall be installed at appropriate places in the plant to indicate direction of wind for
emergency escape.
164
V
Emergency Medical Facilities
General first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc would be maintained in
the emergency control room. To provide necessary first aid facilities, the first aid training will
also be given to the employees. Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of
Patient’s Burns would be maintained. Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical
equipment would be provided and maintained. The unit will appoint the medical officer for the
regular medical examination of the employee. The project site is located only 11 km away from
Rajkot city, in case of any emergency Government and private hospital would be approached.
Names of Medical Personnel, Medical facilities in the area would be prepared and updated.
VI
Ambulance
There is availability of personal vehicles to transport injured or affected persons to the hospital.
Number of persons would be trained in first aid so that, in every shift first aid personnel would
be available.
7.5.7
Emergency Actions
7.5.7.1 Emergency Warning
The emergency would be communicated both to the personnel inside the plant and the people
outside. An emergency warning system shall be established for this purpose.
7.5.7.2 Emergency Shutdown
There are number of facilities, which can be provided to help deal with hazardous conditions,
when a tank is on fire. The suggested arrangements are:
1. Stop feed;
2. Dilute contents;
3. Remove heat;
4. Deluge with water; and
5. Transfer contents.
Whether a given method is appropriate depends on the particular case.
7.5.7.3 Evacuation of Personnel
There could be a number of persons in the storage area and other areas in the vicinity. The
area would have adequate number of exits, staircases. In the event of an emergency,
unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency
shutdown procedure and escape. Time Office shall maintain a copy of deployment of
employees in each shift, at ECC. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams.
7.5.7.4 All Clear Signal
Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Cocoordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it becomes essential, the Site
165
Controller communicates to the District Emergency Authority, Police, Fire Service personnel
regarding help required or development of the situation into an Off-Site Emergency.
7.5.8
General
7.5.8.1 Employee Information
During an emergency, employees would be warned by raising siren in specific pattern.
Employees would be given training of escape routes and taking shelter. Employees would be
provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid measures. Those who
would be designated as key personnel and essential employees should be given training for
emergency response.
7.5.8.2 Public Information and Warning
The industrial disaster effects related to this plant may mostly be confined to the plant area. The
detailed risk analysis has indicated that the pool fire effects would not be felt outside. However,
as an abundant precaution, the information related to Chemical in use would be furnished to
District Emergency Authority for necessary dissemination to general public and for any use
during an offsite emergency. Plants of this size and nature have been in existence in our
country for a long time.
7.5.8.3 Co-ordination with Local Authorities
Keeping in view of the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are proposed. In the
case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and in the
event extreme emergency local authorities help would be sought.
In the event of an emergency developing into an off site emergency, local authority and District
Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be appraised and under his supervision,
the Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised. For this purpose, the facilities that
are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary
organizations etc. would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals and training in the form of mock
drills would be organized.
7.5.8.4 Mutual Aid
Mutual aid in the form of technical personnel, runners, helpers, special protective equipment,
transport vehicles, communication facility etc would be sought from the neighboring industries.
7.5.8.5 Mock Drills
Emergency preparedness is an important part of planning in Industrial Disaster Management.
Personnel would be trained suitably and prepared mentally and physically in emergency
166
response through carefully planned, simulated procedures. Similarly, the key personnel and
essential personnel would be trained in the operations.
7.5.8.6 Important Information
Once the Plant goes on stream, important information such names and addresses of key
personnel, essential employees, medical personnel outside the plant, transporters address,
address of those connected with Off Site Emergency such as Police, Local Authorities, Fire
Services, District Emergency Authority would be prepared and maintained. The on-site
emergency organization chart for various emergencies is shown in Figure-7.6.
FIG-7.6
On-Site Emergency Organization Chart
Site Controller
Emergency Control
Room
Safety Officer
Incident Controller
Emergency Coordinaror
(Rescue,Fire Fighting)
(Medical,Mutual,Aid
(Essential Services)
Rehabilitation,Transport
and Communication)
Shift Incharge
Shift Incharge
Operator
First Aid,
Transport-Driver
Electrician,
Pump Operator
Telephone-Operator
167
Electrician
Pump Operator
7.6
OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN
The task of preparing the Off-Site Emergency Plan lies with the District Collector; however the
off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed plan will
be based on the following guidelines.
7.6.1
Introduction
Off-site emergency plan would follow the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of
an emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Offsite emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the plant
management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the
nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population.
The off-site plan in detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but
other less likely events, which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents
which have very severe consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence would also be
considered during the preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site
emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those specifically
included in the formation of the plan.
The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are
described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the off-site plan would
either rest with the plant management or with the local authority. Either way, the plan would
identify an emergency co-ordinating officer, who would take the overall command of the off-site
activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control center would be setup within which the
emergency co-ordination officer can operate.
An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living
"within range" of the accident - in particular whether they should be evacuated or told to go
indoors. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation
of the incident. Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:

In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only houses
close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require
this to be reviewed periodically; and

If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be
necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists,
people should be advised to stay indoors and shield them from the fire. This latter case
particularly applies if the installation at risk could produce a fireball with very severe thermal
radiation effects.
168
Although the plan will have sufficient flexibility built in to cover the consequences of the range of
accidents identified for the on-site plan, it will cover in some detail the handling of the
emergency to a particular distance from each major hazard works.
7.6.2
Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Off-Site Emergency Plan
The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan are:

Organization
Detail of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control
centers.
Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other
key personnel.

Communications
Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, list of telephone
numbers.

Specialized Knowledge
Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those
with specialized fuel knowledge, laboratories.

Voluntary Organizations
Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc.

Fuel Information
Details of the hazardous substances stored and a summary of the risk associated with them.

Meteorological Information
Arrangements for obtaining details of weather forecasts and weather conditions prevailing at
that time.

Humanitarian Arrangements
Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances
and temporary mortuaries.

Public Information
Arrangements for (a) dealing with the media press office; (b) informing relatives, etc.

Assessment of Emergency Plan
Arrangements for:
(a) Collecting information on the causes of the emergency;
(b) Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.
169
7.6.3
Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer
The various emergency services would be Coordinated by an emergency Coordinating officer
(ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO would liaison closely with the
site main controller. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with
major or prolonged off-site consequences, the external control would be passed to a senior
local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state
government. The ECO will be equipped with address and phone numbers of important
agencies.
7.6.4
Role of the Local Authority
The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning
officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different
emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liaison with the plant, to obtain the
information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is
continually kept upto date.
It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be
involved off site in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by
having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular
responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.
7.6.5
Role of Police
Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and
controlling traffic movements.
Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the
dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury.
7.6.6
Role of Fire Authorities
The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who
would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The
senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as
explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location of all stores of
flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire-fighting equipment. They should be
involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers
of exercises involving only site personnel.
170
7.6.7
Role of Health Authorities
Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and so on, should have
a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the
emergency plan.
For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying
degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be
generally available in most hospitals.
Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those
available locally, and a medical "mutual aid” scheme should exist to enable the assistance of
neighboring authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency.
7.6.8
Role of Government Safety Authority
This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to satisfy
themselves that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has made adequate
arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may
wish to see well-documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan.
In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will
apply. These may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close involvement in advising on
operations.
The action plan suggested for control of the off-site emergencies is given in Table-7.16.
Table-7.16
Off-Site Action Plan
Sr.
No.
A1
Action required to be taken to
Responsible
mitigate disaster by aid giving
agencies for
agency
taking action
Arrangements
for Police Department
evacuation/rescue of persons from
zone of influence to predetermined
camps
Equipments/material
facilities required at site to
mitigate emergency
Self Breathing apparatus
with spare cylinder
Chemical gas mask with
spare canister
Vehicle with PA system
Transportation
evacuation of people
2
3
4
5
B1
Caution to public by announcement
Traffic and Mob control by
cordoning of the area
Law & order
Request to railway authority for
keeping the nearest by railway gate
open & to stop the up & down trains
at the nearest railway station
Control of fire
District Fire
Brigade
171
for
Self breathing apparatus
with spare cylinders
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
agency
Scrubbing of the flashed off gas
cloud with water curtain
To rescue trapped persons
If fire is big, keep surrounding area
cool by spraying water
Communication
to
TNEB
to
continue or cut off electric supply
Communication to water supply
department for supplying water
Responsible
agencies for
taking action
C1
Medical facilities for affected Hospital and
persons (first aid and treatment)
public health
D1
Identification of concentration of
gas in zone of influence
Removal of debris and damaged
structures
Monitor the incoming and out going
transports
E1
F1
2
3
G1
2
H1
Pollution control
board
Municipal
corporation
Transport
department
Arrange emergency shifting of
affected persons and non affected
person to specified area
Arrange diesel/petrol for needed
vehicles
Give all information related to Meteorological
meteorological aspects for safe Department
handling of affected area for living
beings
Forecast if any important weather
change
Representatives of all departments Local Crises
are in the local crisis group; Group
therefore they are expected to
render services available with them.
Since it is a group of experts with
authority, the mitigating measures
can be implemented speedily. The
representatives from locals are also
there so that communication with
local people is easy and quick.
172
Equipments/material
mitigate emergency
Foam/water fire tenders
Gas mask with spare
canisters
Lime water
Neck to toe complete
asbestos suit, PVC hand
gloves, gumboots, safety
goggles
Mobile scrubbing system
along
with
suction
arrangement.
Ambulance with onboard
resuscitation unit, first aid,
stretchers
Gas detector
Provide bulldozers
Provide cranes
Provide traffic police at site
Provide emergency shifting
vehicles at site
Provide stock of fuel for
vehicles
Provide wind direction and
velocity instruments with
temperature measure
Mobile
van
for
meteorological
parameter
measurements
Must have all resources at
hand,
specially
disaster
management plan and its
implementation method.
All
relevant
information
related to hazardous industry
are generally available with
crisis group
News paper editor is a part
of the group so that right and
timely media release can be
done
Sr.
No.
Responsible
agencies for
agency
taking action
The district emergency or disaster
control officer is the president and
he is used to mock drill etc. so
action can be taken in right
direction in time
Collector is the President of District District Crisis
Crisis Group therefore all district group
infrastructure facilities are diverted
to affected zone
2
I1
Equipments/material
mitigate emergency
All
necessary
facilities
available at district can be
made available at affected
zone
Control of law and order
situation
2 All other functions as mentioned for
local crisis group
7.6.9 Personal Protective Equipment
I.
Clothing
Chemical-resistant clothing and protective gloves with material suitable for handling various
hazardous chemicals.
II. Eye Protection
Employees will use splash-proof goggles while dealing with hazardous chemicals. An eyewash fountain or an eye wash kit for in case of emergency.
III. First Aid:
Prompt action will be taken in case of any kind of spillage or leakage. In case of any kind of
chemical spill or leak, following actions will be taken:

Breathing
Person will be moved to the fresh air at once (in case of inhalation). If breathing stops,
artificial respiration will be performed. Affected person will be kept warm and resting
and medical attention will be provided immediately.

Eye Exposure
Eyes will be washed immediately with large amounts of water for at least 15 minutes,
lifting the upper and lower lids. Medical attention will be provided immediately. Workers
shall not be allowed wearing Contact lenses while working in the premises near the
area of risk of hazardous spill or leak.

Skin Exposure
Skin contaminated with acid or any kind of chemical will be flushed with soap and
water for at least 15 minutes(or as recommended in the MSDS of the chemical). If
strong concentrations of gas or solution penetrate clothing, then cloths will be removed
and skin will be flushed with water. Medical attention will be provided immediately.
173

Swallowing
In case of swallowing, if the person is conscious, large amounts of water or milk will be
given. Medical attention will be provided immediately. Material safety data sheet
(MSDS) will be referred or a physician will be called.

Spill Management
If any solvents spill or leak occurs, following actions will be taken:
 Fire officer or the local fire department will be intimated. Untrained persons or
those without proper personal protective equipment will not allowed enter in
affected areas. Evacuation and restriction of people from the hazardous area of
release of chemical.
 Stop or control the source of exposure.
 Ventilation of contaminated atmospheres by opening windows to disperse the
fumes.
 If the exposure is from the spill of a solution, collection of the spilled material.
Dilution and neutralize of the spill if possible and disposal in a secured landfill.
7.7
For large industries, where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection,
testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance, the men, materials and machines are the
basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally brings several problems like
occupational health and safety.
The industrial planner, therefore, has to properly plan and take steps to minimize the impacts of
industrialization and to ensure appropriate occupational health and safety including fire plans.
All these activities again may be classified under construction and erection, and operation and
maintenance.
7.7.1
Occupational Health
Occupational health needs attention both during construction and erection and operation and
maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above
phases.

Construction and Erection
The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to
constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements
to reduce it within TLV's, necessary protective equipments shall also be supplied to
workers.

Operation and Maintenance
The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phase is primarily
174
due to noise which could affect hearing. The necessary personal protective equipments
will be given to all the workers. The working personnel shall be given the following
appropriate personnel protective equipments.

Industrial Safety Helmet;

Crash Helmets;

Face shield with replacement acrylic vision;

Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends;

Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses;

Cylindrical type earplug;

Ear muffs;

Canister Gas mask;

Self contained breathing apparatus;

Leather apron;

Aluminized fiber glass fix proximity suit with hood and gloves;

Boiler suit;

Safety belt/line man's safety belt;

Leather hand gloves;

Asbestos hand gloves;

Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;

Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;

Lead hand glove;

Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.
Full-fledged hospital facilities will be available round the clock for attending emergency arising
out of accidents, if any. All working personnel will be medically examined at least once in every
year and at the end of his term of employment. Pre and Post-employment Medical check-up is
being already carried out and the same shall be followed after the said expansion. This is in
addition to the pre-employment medical examination.
7.7.2
Safety Plan
Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of concern.
Safety plan shall be prepared and implemented in the proposed expansion of plant. The
preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency
plan. The disaster in the plant is possible due to collapse of structures and fire/explosion etc.
Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction, operation and maintenance
phases, and the plant has formulated safety policy with the following regulations:
175

To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work;

To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the design,
construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment;

To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees;

To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing and
to ensure their proper use;

To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work which
are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;

To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making necessary
changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and upto date
knowledge;

To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and illness at
work;

To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to employees in
health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these matters;

To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate fire
fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this service;

To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness and
incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view to taking corrective, remedial
and preventive action;

To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and safety
matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;

To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of
employees;

To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a plant;
and

To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all
buildings, equipments, work places and operations.
GENERAL SAFETY MEASURES

Proper ventilation system will be provided at storage and processing areas of
chemicals so that to maintain PEL valves of chemicals and solvents.

Good housekeeping, disposal methods will be followed to control the fugitive
emissions of chemicals.

In order to prevent the work men from facing the musculo -skeletal disorders,
backache, pain in minor and major joints etc, manual carrying of heavy materials will
be avoided. All liquid raw materials/solvents will be transferred through closed piping
176
system either by pumping or by gravity, to reduce the carrying load on work men
against gravity. Safe carrying weights (up to 15 kgs) only allowed to be carried by
work men. Stair cases with suitable gradient will be constructed in the work sheds.
Material handling trolleys will be provided to carry/handle the solid materials from one
place to other.

Employees will be educated, trained and, informed about the chemicals and their
properties by displaying the material safety data sheets (MSDS) in the processing
areas.

Awareness about potential hazards, work hazards, fire hazards, and health hazards
associated with the chemicals which are being used by the industry will be developed
among the employees.
Apart from the above, the following general safety precautions will be implemented in the
plant.

Shielding guards will be provided to all belt pulleys, couplings and all moving parts of
the machinery.

All electrical cables and electrical equipment will be properly grounded and earthed.

Poster display regarding safety, health and environmental protection will be arranged
in the plant to make awareness of safety and health.

All responsible employees will be educated and trained to handle the fire fighting
equipment.

NO SMOKING policy will be strictly implemented in the entire plant area.

Emergency exits will be provided at the selected places.

No employee will be allowed to expose to a noise level greater than 85dB(A) for a
period of more than 8 hours per day with out hearing protection.

Periodical health check up of employees will be held as a part of occupational health
surveillance.

One shower type eye wash will be provided in the plant area.

Fire extinguisher will be provided where ever is needed.

All flammable chemicals and solvents will be kept away from ignition sources and
heat.

Storage of chemicals will be as per their compatibility.

Proper exhaust ventilation will be provided to the process area to maintain the
airborne concentrations and solvents below their TLV values.
177
7.7.3

Safety Organization
Construction and Erection Phase
A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed. The responsibilities of the safety
officer include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice
on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide professional
expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. He is also
responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions. In addition to
employment of safety officer by CPC, every contractor, who employs more than 250 workers,
shall also employ one safety officer to ensure safety of the worker, in accordance with the
conditions of contract.

Operation and Maintenance Phase
When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers shall be in accordance with
the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities shall be as defined there
off.
7.7.4
Safety Circle
In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous
processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area of
work. The circle would consist of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle normally shall meet
for about an hour every week.
7.7.5
Safety Training
A full-fledged training center shall be set up at the plant. Safety training shall be provided by the
Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members called from Professional Safety
Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labors shall
also be provided safety training. To create safety awareness safety films shall be shown to
workers and leaflets shall be distributed. Some precautions and remedial measures proposed
to be adopted to prevent fires are:

Compartmentalization of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable
passages and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the area
of occurrence of fire as well as ensure effective automatic and manual fire fighting
operations;

Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for cable
shafts;

Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks
for alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries;
178

Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular fire
watching system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and

7.7.6
Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured.
Health and Safety Monitoring Plan
The health of all employees shall be monitored once in a year for early detection of any ailment
due to exposure to heat, fumes and noise. Pre and Post-employment Medical Check-up for all
the employees will be carried out regularly.
7.8
7.8.1 Impact
I.
Impact on population composition
The population composition of a place changes due to various factors viz, topography,
availability of water, agricultural practices, economic development, transport facilities and
migration of people. Migration of people brings changes in population size, sex ratio, adultchild ratio and size & composition of labor force. The industry is a proposed new project in
which local people will be employed directly and it will also help in generating various indirect
jobs helping in creating an employment cycle.
As most of the people will be employed locally, therefore, there will be less influx of people
from outside in the study area. At present per household size is 5 to 6 persons. As the local
people will be employed there will be minimal impact on the population of the study area.
However, a significant increase in population can be expected through indirect jobs as and
when the proposed new project will expand.
II.
Impact on employment generation
The existing project consists a total of 7 employees. Additional 19 Employees are proposed
to be employed during expansion.
Mgmt.
Staff
E
P
Administration
1
1
Plant Operation
Store & Dispatch
Total
1
1
*E: Existing, P: Proposed
Description
Supervisory
Staff
E
P
1
2
1
1
3
Clerks
E
1
1
P
2
1
3
Company
Workers
E
P
1
2
2
8
1
2
4
8
Total*
E
3
3
1
7
P
5
10
4
19
Employment will be given to local people to the extent possible. However, the local people
cannot be employed in the proposed expansion project as it is synthetic organic industry and
179
requires an expertise and highly skilled jobs and qualification of the people in the study area
do not match the requirement. However, recruitment of local people wherever suitable will be
done and at least 80% reservation for recruitment of local people has been planned by
proponent.
The proposed new will generate various indirect employments which will help people locally,
regionally mainly and later nationally. They will be involved in various job activities such as
packing, warehousing, transportation, advertisement, direct selling, bulk selling etc. This will
involve many people to generate income.
III.
Impact on Local, Regional and National Environment
The major impact will be locally especially in the study area. The proponent will focus on the
manufacturing of Synthetic resins. With the coming up of industry it will lead to a quick and
long term impact locally and regionally especially. With the increasing rate of employment in
the region the development in terms of standard of living, education etc will increase. Later,
when the industry will increase it will contribute to the national level though marginally.
IV.
People’s perception about the project
M/s. Nirav Chemical Industries is an existing small scale unit manufacturing synthetic resin
@ 2000 TPM by formulation activity only. The unit now proposes to manufacture
Unsaturated Polyester Resin & Alkyd Resin with the cumulative production capacity of
2000 TPM and Saturated Polyester Resin, Epoxy Resin & Vinyl Ester Resin with the
cumulative production capacity of 300 TPM. The expansion project is proposed within the
existing premises at Changodar in Taluka Sanand of District Ahmedabad. A survey was
conducted in the study area by a well experienced team.
A survey of local people in the study area was conducted. The survey included three Taluka
of Ahmedabad district, these are 1) Sanand 2) Dholka 3) Daskroi. There are various
expectations of the people in the study area as 14% stated employment is a big necessity,
while 23% people agreed that better and upgraded medical facilities is required both for
humans and animals in the study region, 15% of people agreed that water and better
agriculture facilities are required, while a greater 8% of people stressed that education and
infrastructure building such as better road, electricity etc is the need of the hour. Around 40%
of people did not respond to the question. Thus due to the proposed expansion in the
existing industry people will be benefitted as the proponent will provide greater employment
opportunities to the local people and will do various activities in favor of the people in the
study area.
180
7.8.2
Mitigation / management measures
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is a concept whereby organizations take
responsibility for their impact on society and environment. It is also known as Corporate
Responsibility, Corporate Citizenship, Responsible Business and Sustainable Responsible
Business (SRB). As is the case in many countries, the private sector is generally more active
in this area than the governmental/public sector.
Since the mid-1990s nearly all leading corporate in India are involved in Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) programmes in areas like education, health, livelihood creation, skill
development, and empowerment of weaker sections of the society. Notable efforts have
come from the Tata Group, Infosys, Bharti Enterprises, Coca Cola India, PepsiCo and ITC
Welcome group, among others. India has been named among the top ten Asian countries
paying increasing importance towards corporate social responsibility (CSR). The Corporate
India has spread its CSR activities across 20 states and Union territories. About 36 per cent
of the CSR activities are concentrated in the state of Maharashtra, followed by about 12 per
cent in Gujarat, 10 per cent in Delhi and 9 per cent in Tamil Nadu.
The Government of India has finalized plans to ensure that Public Sector companies actively
participate in CSR initiatives. It was expected that 2-5 per cent of the company's net profits
would be funded in such projects.
The project proponent has planned various Corporate Social activities in the study area for
the proposed expansion project in Sanand taluka of Ahmedabad district.
1. The proponent will organize medical camps in the study region. In the survey it was
reported by the interviewee that Diarrhoea, anemia, etc. are the common health
problems in the study region. The medical camps for these diseases will be organized.
The medical camp for vaccination of children against six major diseases will also be
organized.
2. The proponent will carry out plantation all along the road side in nearby villages and
development of garden/greenbelt on government barren land/common plots.
3. The unit will organize education aids & scholarship to poor students for higher education.
4. The unit will give their adequate and reasonable contribution for the local religious and
social programs in the nearby villages.
5. Company will also cooperate and participate in the various activities conducted by the
government for the socio-economic development and welfare of the society such as;
181
 Participate in the medical camp organized in the villages.
 Participate and cooperate in animal husbandry camp.
 Participate in the Forestry Programme of state government.
 Participate and Cooperate in Education Camp of state government.
 Award scholarship to students for higher education.
 Participate and Cooperate in Education Camp of state government.
 Award scholarship to students for higher education.
 Participate in the national programme organized on 15th August and 26th January.
 Participate in new school admission campaign.
 Participate in Cleanliness Camp of state government.
************************
182
SECTION VIII
PROJECT
BENEFITS
Section-VIII/Project Benefits
SECTION-VIII
PROJECT BENEFITS
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page No.
8.0
PROJECT BENEFITS
184
8.1
184
8.2
184
8.3
EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL –SKILLED; SEMI-SKILLED AND
184
UNSKILLED
8.4
185
************
183
PROJECT BENEFITS
8.0
PROJECT BENEFITS
The unit is located in Ahmedabad district of Gujarat, which is only 22.0 km far from the
Ahmedabad City. Ahmdabad is the largest industrial center in the western India and has
been important base of commerce, trade and industry. Ahmedabad hosts several large
scale, medium scale and small scale manufacturing industries, some major industrial
segment includes dyes and dye intermediates, Bulk drug & pharmaceuticals, textiles etc.
Ahmedabad is one of the 30 Megacities of the world and is expected to grow at a healthy 6.3% in
period 2010-16 and Ahmedabad’s GDP is predicted to grow at 10.1% per annum in this period.
Following the rapid growth in commerce, trade and industry, Ahmedabad is now also
witnessing a major construction boom and increase in population due to the migration from
not only over the Gujarat but from all over the India.
Synthetic Resin, finished product of the Nirav Chemical Industries, being a wide and different
uses in industry, commerce and domestic application has huge potential in Ahmedabad and
local market.
8.1
Being small scale manufacturing unit, the proposed expansion project will not have any
noticeable impacts on society such as growth in schools, hospitals, hotels & resorts,
transport etc. On the contrary all such infrastructures are already developed in the vicinity.
8.2
The impact on social infrastructure like religious places (temple, mosque, church,
guruduwara); marriage homes, Bus stations, railway stations, play grounds, stadium is not
envisaged due to the proposed expansion of the unit.
8.3
EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL: SKILLED; SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED
At present total 7 people are working in the existing plant and in the full fledge process of the
plant after the proposed expansion, the project will provide direct employment to around 26
persons skilled and semi-skilled workforce. Recruitment of local people wherever suitable
will be done and at least 80% reservation for recruitment of local people has been planned
by proponent. In addition to this the indirect employment to semi-skilled and unskilled
workers due to the transportation, services deliveries and other activities like outsourcing,
maintenance work etc. is also anticipated. Thus, the recruitment will be slightly beneficial to
the local employment structure considering the existing employment opportunity in the
region.
184
8.4
The other tangible benefits includes metrics and improvements demonstrating process and
system cost savings, compliant inspections and customer audits, faster product approvals
and manufacturing throughput, less rejected material, reduced nonconformance issues, and
more efficient continuous improvement and project implementation. Intangible benefits
include improved staff morale, faster, more accurate transparent decision making, less
employee turnover, increased staff accountability, and an enhanced culture of quality
throughout the organization.
***************
185
SECTION IX
ENVIRONMENTAL
COST BENEFIT
ANALYSIS
Section-IX/ ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS
SECTION-IX
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page no.
9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS
9.0
************
186
187
9.0
Section-IX/ ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS
Not recommended at the Scoping stage
**********************
187
SECTION X
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
Section – X/ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION-X
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page No.
10.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.0
188-198
***************
188
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.0
The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that
the project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner where all contractors
and subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks
arising from the proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage that risk.
EMP also ensures that the project implementation is carried out in accordance with the
design by taking appropriate mitigative actions to reduce adverse environmental impacts
during its life cycle. The plan outlines existing and potential problems that may adversely
impact the environment and recommends corrective measures where required. Also, the
plan outlines roles and responsibility of the key personnel and contractors who are charged
with the responsibility to manage the proposed plant.
The EMP is:

Prepared in accordance with rules and requirements of the MoE&F and the State
Pollution Control Board;

To ensure that the component of facility are operated in accordance with the design;

A process that confirms proper operation through supervision and monitoring;

A system that addresses public complaints during construction and operation of the
facility; and

A plan that ensures remedial measures is implemented immediately.
10.1
Environment Management Department
The unit will ensure the following activity
a. Commitment & Policy
The proposed project management will strive to provide and implement the Environmental
Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, land and water.
b. Planning
This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements and setting
environmental objectives. The various potential impacts are discussed under Section III of
the EIA Report.
c. Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the proponents, accountability
of contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities
and documentation of measures to be taken.
d. Measurement & Evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions, and record
keeping.
189
10.2
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME
“Nirav Chemical Industries” management is quite conscious of its responsibility for
maintaining clean and a healthy environment. The management is also keen to modify and
make more efficient measures towards suppression of pollution sources. Adequate funds for
pollution control measures are provided as a part of overall project financing to ensure the
availability of proper treatment facilities before the commissioning of the unit. The existing
project cost is about 111.67 lakh and the overall investment in the expansion project is
estimated to 290.43 Lakh. About Rs. 15.00 lakh is proposed for the environment protection
program.
S. No. Particulars
1
Air Pollution Control
4.0
Recurring Cost,
Rs. In lakh per
annum
2.0
2
Water Pollution Control
6.0
20.0
3
1.0
0.50
0.5
0.50
5
Hazardous Waste Management &
Noise Pollution Control
Environment
Monitoring,
Statutory
Compliance & Chartered Services
Occupational Health
1.0
0.40
6
Green Belt
0.5
0.30
7
CSR activities
0
1.00
8.
Rain Water Harvesting
2.0
0.50
15.0
25.2
4
Capital Cost
Rs. In lakh
Total
The proposed Environment Management plan for the unit is summarized in the below table
Table: 10.1
Environment Management Plan
Particulars
Air Environment
Mitigation Measures

During Construction
Phase
Dust pollution can be minimized at the source by water
spraying and maintenance of road.

Construction material will be stored in temporary storage
yard.

There will be no basement; hence quantity of the soil
excavation will be comparatively less. However, soil will be
kept moist to reduce dust emission during excavation for
piling.
190

The excavated materials will be place only on the
designated disposal areas.

The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be
the
minimum
practical height
to
limit
fugitive
dust
generation.

The construction area will be shielded with the help of
tarpaulin from all the four sides to contain the air emissions
within the premises.

Dust or dusty material will not be swept without effectively
treating it with water or other substances in order to
minimize its dust emission.

Suitable covered skips and enclosed chats or other suitable
measures will be provided in order to minimize dust
emission to the atmosphere when materials & waste will be
removed from the premises.

Rapid cleanup of project related track out or material spills
on paved road.

Natural topography will be maintained to the greatest extent
possible.

Parking lot and paved road will be constructed first.

Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first.

During high wind condition, construction activities will be
restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes place.

The first and most important step towards emission control
for the large in-use fleet of vehicles is the formulation of an
inspection and maintenance system. It is possible to reduce
30-40% pollution loads generated by vehicles through
proper periodical inspections and maintenance of vehicles

All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with
tarpaulin & overloading of the vehicles will be avoided.

PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust
emission.
During Operation Phase
To control the fugitive emissions generated during various
operations in the industry, plant authorities will adopt
following mitigation measures.

Dedicated pipe lines for transfer of hazardous chemicals
191
from respective storage tanks to reactors in the production
blocks.

All storage tanks will be provided with vent condensers
having chilled water or brine circulation

All reactors will be provided by vapor condensers

Mechanical seals will be provided for all the reactors for
improving emission control measures.
To control the flue gas emissions generated during various
operations in the industry, plant authorities will adopt
following mitigation measures.

Agro Waste/ White Coal/ Imported Coal will be used as fuel
in the Thermic Fluid Heaters. Thus, unit has provided Multi
Cyclone Separator to existing TFH-1 and has proposed
individual cyclone separator followed by common Bag Filter
to TFH-2 & 3 as an air pollution control measures to control
the emission of particulate matter

In case of failure of any air pollution control equipments, the
process activities will be stopped.

Regular post project air monitoring schedule will be planned
and record will be maintained to track any problem in Air
Pollution Control Equipment
Water Environment

Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid
During Construction
materials
Phase
groundwater and soil.
into
ground
where
it
could
contaminate


Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of
hydrological features by diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived
from the working area

The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good
operating condition

Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle
maintenance;

Accidental spillages will be cleaned up promptly

Curing water will be sprayed and after liberal curing, all
concrete structures will be covered with gunny bags this will
192
conserves water

Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles
stick to the access track to prevent mud & dirt being
deposited on roads.

Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments
whilst allowing the water to flow through.

All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction
activities will be cleaned.

Adopting good construction and engineering practices will
help in mitigating the water pollution

There will be nil effluent generation from the Industrial
activity and hence the unit will maintain as "Zero Effluent
Discharge."

Domestic wastewater will be sent to septic tank and finally
disposed in to soak pit.
Solid Waste

Rain water harvesting structure will be installed in the unit.

Careful design, planning and good site management would
During Construction
minimize waste of materials such as concrete, mortars and
Phase
cement grouts. The contractor will make inventory of all
types of solid waste that are expected during the
construction activity before starting the work.

Complete excavated material from the earthworks will be
re-used on site as structural fill or for landscaping purposes
by balancing with cut & fill operations.

Construction
waste
generated
will
be
disposed
off
according to the nature of the waste.

The transportation of construction spoil will be allowed only
to designated dumpsites after obtaining permission of.

Proper
litter
disposal
and
collection
points
will
be
established around the all construction work sites.

No solid waste will be kept in open spaces.

Continuous rather than batch operations will be explored to
reduce spillage and other material losses

Used
and
discarded
Drums/bags
will
be
collected,
decontaminated and reuse within the plant as far as
possible.
193

The hazardous waste will be collected in HDPE bags and
will be sent to any GPCB approved CHWIF/TSDF site.
Noise Pollution

During Construction
Phase
Complete construction work especially heavy work will be
done during day time.

Vehicular movement carrying raw materials will be avoided
during night time.

The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use
of the same will be made.

Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet, mask etc)
will be provided to the workers.

PUC certified vehicles will be used.

All possible measures will be taken to minimize the noise.

The insulation provided for prevention and loss of heat and
personnel safety shall also act as noise reducer.

Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize
vibrations and noise.

Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits will
be adopted.

Proper and timely oiling,
lubrication and
preventive
maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and
equipments to reduce noise generation.
 Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such
as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet etc will be strictly enforced
for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with
the Factories Act & Rules and will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1
m distance.

Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant
will absorb the noise. About 20.92% of the total plot area
will be under greenbelt. This will help to control the noise
pollution.

Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually done to
avoid excessive noise generation.

Supervisor will be responsible to control the noise by
maintaining conditions of machineries and silencers.
194
Socio - Economy
The following CSR activities have been proposed for the people
of the study area:

The proponent will organize medical camps in the study
region. In the survey it was reported by the interviewee that
anemia, viral fever, cold, cough etc are the common health
problems in the study region. The medical camps for these
diseases will be organized.
 The unit will give their adequate and reasonable contribution
for the following CSR activities in the nearby villages,
1. Plantation all along the road side in nearby villages and
development of garden/greenbelt on government barren
land/common plots.
2. Education aids & scholarship to poor students for higher
education.
3. Company will also participate & contribute in Local
religious and social programs.
 Company will also cooperate and participate in the various
activities conducted by the government for the socioeconomic development and welfare of the society such as;
1. Participate in the medical camp organized in the
villages.
2. Participate and cooperate in animal husbandry camp.
3. Participate in
government.
the
Forestry
Programme
of
state
4. Participate and Cooperate in Education Camp of state
government.
5. Award scholarship to students for higher education.
6. Participate and Cooperate in Education Camp of state
government.
8. Participate in the national programme organized on 15th
August and 26th January.
9. Participate in new school admission campaign.
10. Participate in Cleanliness Camp of state government.
195
10.3 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
The main objective of green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and surrounding
areas to prevent air and noise pollution. To maintain the ecological balance project
authorities are planning to develop green belt around the plant. Green belt recommendations
around the company premises will be evolved as per CPCB norm for noise pollution control
and to prevent the gaseous pollutant into surrounding, balancing eco-environment, soil
erosion/protection, economic sustenance and aesthetics.
Based on the agro-climatic conditions of the region, location of proposed plant and physicobio-chemical properties of the soil strata in addition to the nature of pollutants. Local trees
species having simple big leaves will be planted. The plants are suitable for green belt
development will have characteristics like, fast growing, thick canopy cover, perennial and
evergreen large leaf area, naturally growing, efficient in absorbing pollutants without major
effects on natural growth.
The unit has already developed green belt in area of 297 sqm in the industrial premises.
Further Green Belt development / tree plantation in organized manner is proposed through
development of green belt up to 497 sqm area within the industrial premises., which comers
to around 20.12 % of the total plot area available.
The unit will develop green belt area in 497 sqm (20.12% of total area) within the industrial
premises. The unit will plant 50 numbers of various trees. The details of plant species are
given in Table-10.2. The green belt development program for the proposed plantation is
shown in Table – 10.2.
10.3.1 Species Suggested for Plantation
Species have been suggested by considering various biological and environmental role of
the various plant species like Dust Control, Noise Control, Absorptions of Gases, Drought
resistance, Fire Resistance etc. Some flowering herbs and subs have been suggested to
enhance aesthetic beauty of the project site area.
196
Table: 10.2
Recommended Plant species for Plantation
Plant Spices
Ecological and Environmental
Performances of Plant Species
Common Name
Trees
Annona squamosa
Amrud
DC, DR, SR, FR
Azardirachta indica
Neem
DC, NC, AG, DR, FR.
Cassia fistula
Amaltas
DC, DR, FR.
Delbergia sissoo
Shesham
DC, DR, FR.
Delonix regia
Gulmohar
DC.
Polyalthia longifolia
Ashoka
DC, NC, AG.
Termanilia catappa
Desi Badam
DC, NC.
Source: Anon 2007, Saxena 1991, Anon 2006, Hocking,1993.
DC- Dust Control, NC - Noise Control, AG – Absorptions of Gases, DR - Drought
resistance, SR - Salinity resistance, FR - Fire Resistance
Shrubs
Croton oblongifolius
croton
To enhance aesthetic beauty / DC*
Tabernaemontanadivaricata
Chandni
Withania somnifera
Ashwagandh
Herbs
Tageteseminuta
Genda
To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*
Chrysanthamum
Crown Daisy
Rosa indica
Rose
*Source: phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust
capturing plant species, CPCB 2007.
In addition to the green belt development plan within the own industrial premises, the
unit propose to develop green belt on outside peripheral of the industry premises and
also develop the green belt in common plots, barren land and along the road side in
the nearby villages and contributes towards the green belt development. This way
the unit will contribute indirectly to develop green belt on minimum 400 m2 on such
areas. Thus, total green belt development by the unit will come to 897 m2, which will
be around 36.32 % of the total area occupied by the unit.
10.3.2 Location of the Plant Species
Project boundary will have tall trees like Polyalthia longifolia, Cassia fistula while herbs and
will be planted in the base of these tree species. Second row will be planted with add mixture
of various species like Azardirachta indica, Delbergia sissoo while species like Delonix regia,
Annona squamosa and Termanilia catappa can be planted along the road side. Flowering
plants herbs and shrub will be planted between open spaces between the tree rows.
197
10.3.3 Precautionary Measures
The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work (applying
manure) weeding and provide proper protection.
Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation
during the growth stage.
Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum four years till the saplings recruit
properly and attain its matured tree stage.
Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to natural catastrophe should be redeveloped
and maintained by the agency.
*********************
198
SECTION XI
SUMMARY AND
CONCLUSION
Section-XI/ Summary and Conclusions
SECTION - XI
INDEX
S. No.
Particulars
Page no.
11.0
INTRODUCTION
11.1
203
11.2
204
11.3
ANTICIPATED
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS
AND
206
MITIGATION MEASURES
11.4
209
11.5
PROJECT BENEFITS
211
11.6
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION
211
PHASE
11.7
214
CONCLUSIONS
199
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11.0 INTRODUCTION
Nirav Chemical Industries is an existing small scale unit manufacturing synthetic resin with
the capacity of 2000 TPM by formulation activity only. The unit is located at Plot No. 44/1,
Changodar Industrial Estate, Sarkhej-Bawla Highway, Vil. Changodar, Ta. Sanand,
Dist. Ahmedabad in Gujarat. Now, the unit proposes to manufacture various types and
grades of Synthetic Resin with the total production capacity of 2300 TPM. The total land
area acquired by the ‘Nirav Chemical Industries’ is 2470 sq. m. The proposed expansion will
be carried out within the same premises. The existing green cover area is 297sq.m (12%)
and the same will be expanded up to 497sq.m (20.12%) after the proposed expansion. The
existing project cost is about 111.67 lakh and proposed project cost is estimated at Rs.
290.43 lakh. About Rs.15 lakh is proposed for the environment protection measures as
capital cost.
The details of environmental setting are given below. The map showing the project site and
10 km study area is shown in Figure-11.1
Table 11.1:
Details of Environmental Setting
Particulars
Details
Sr.
No.
1
Location
A
Village
B
Taluka
Sarkhej-Bawla Highway, Village Changodar
Sanand
C
District
Ahmedabad
D
State
Gujarat
E
Latitude
F
Longitude
G
SOI Toposheet No.
N
22°55'44.03"N
E
22°55'43.49"N
W
22°55'43.54"N
S
22°55'42.95"N
N
72°27'11.80"E
E
72°27'13.06"E
W
72°27'10.88"E
S
72°27'11.87"E
F43G5
200
Sr.
Particulars
No.
1
Total Plant Area
Details
2470 sq. m
Industrial Use
3
Land use at the project
area
Nearest habitation
4
Nearest major town
Ahmedabad: 22.0 Km NE
5
Nearest highway
NH – 8A : @ 0.5 Km West
6
Nearest railway track from
Changodar : @ 1.0 Km West
2
Changodar: @ 1.0 Km West
Project site
7
Nearest airport
International - Ahmedabad : 28 km, NE
8
Nearest tourist places
Thol Lake Bird Sanctuary @ 20 km NE
9
Defence installations
None within 10 km radius
10
Protected forest/ National There is no protected area notified under the Wild
Parks/ Wildlife Sanctuary
Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco - sensitive area
notified under Section 3 of the Environment
(Protection) Act – 1986 within 10 Km radius areas
from the Plant Site.
11
Seismic zone
As per the earth quake sensitivity index the unit is
situated in Zone – III, having moderate Damage
Risk (MSK- VII).
201
Fig. 11.1:
Topographical Map showing the project site and 10 km study area
(The legible copy of Topographical Map showing the project site and 10 km study area is enclosed as Annexure- IV)
202
11.1
The salient features of the proposed plant are given below:
Sl. no.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11
Table 11.2:
Salient Features of Proposed Plant
Particulars
Details
Project Name
Nirav Chemical Industries
Location
Sarkhej-Bawla Highway,
Vill. Changodar, Ta. Sanand,
Dist. Ahmedabad
Production & its Capacity
The unit will manufacture various types and
grades of Synthetic Resin with the total
production capacity of 2300 MT/Month.
Land requirement
2470 sq. m
Source of power
Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (MGVCL)
Manpower
26 persons
Source of Water
Ground Water
(Industrial estate’s common bore well)
Water Requirement
Daily fresh water demand –
Existing - 11 KLD
Total after Expansion - 19.5 KLD
Industrials Wastewater
Existing – 0.5 KLD
generation
Total after Expansion – 1.1 KLD
Domestic Wastewater generation Existing – 4.0 KLD
Total after Expansion - 1.2 KLD
Solid waste generation
Waste
Source
Type of
waste
Process
Process
Waste
Raw
Material
Storage &
Handling
Discarded
Drums/
bags
Plant and
Machineries
Used /
Spent Oil
Quantity, per
Annum*
Category
as per
HWMR
Rules
PhysicalChemical
Form
Method of Disposal
E
P
T
23.1
3
MT
2
MT
5
MT
Solid organic
Collection, Storage
Transportation and
disposal at safe
TSDF site
33.3
200
kg
800
Kg
1
MT
SolidInorganic
Decontaminate and
Reuse/ Sell
LiquidOrganic
Collection, storage
and used as
premises / sell to
MoEF approved
Recycler/
reprocessors
5.1
0.5
KL
0.5
KL
1.0
KL
11.
Project Cost
12.
EMP costs
13.
Cost towards CSR activities
Existing – Rs. 111.67
Expansion – Rs. 290.43 lakh
Capital Cost: 15 Lakh
Recurring Cost: 25.2 Lakh per Annum
Rs. 25.2 to be incurred every year
203
11.2
11.2.1 Land use
The study area is prominently covered by agriculture land, which is about 57.01%. The
settlement is mostly confined to the ‘rural & urban settlement’ (built up-rural) 7.64 % and the
total industrial area 7.55 % has noticed in the 10 km study area. The scrub area constitutes
the category of land use covering as much as 5.45 % of the total area. Active river channels
of the study area and its tributaries flowing into it cover about 5.72 % of the total study area.
11.2.2 Environmental Monitoring
For monitoring of the environmental parameters like meteorology, air, water, soil and noise
quality, the monitoring stations have been established at different locations in and around
the project area. The base line data has been collected in the post monsoon season during
2012.
11.2.3 Meteorology
The recorded meteorological data for the study period at project site is presented below:
Table 11.3:
Micro meteorological data for the study period at project site
Parameter
Max
Min
29.9
19.2
96
20
Wind Speed (m/sec)
10
0.56
0
Temperature ( C)
Rainfall (in)
Predominant direction
0.00
Blowing from NE to SW
11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality
Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days per week at
six locations. The summary of these results for all the locations is presented below. These are
compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for rural
and residential zone.
204
Table 11.4:
Summary of Ambient Air Quality for all the locations
PM10g/m3
PM2.5 g/m3
SO2 g/m3
NOxg/m3
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
VOC as
Benzene
g/m3
Project Site
84.6
67.1
32.5
19.2
27.8
22.1
21.2
14.3
BDL
Shivpur Village
72.9
54.3
26.6
16.8
20.4
15.2
21.9
13.2
BDL
Khanderi Village
91.2
73.2
42.5
26.5
31.5
25.6
21.9
16.6
BDL
Nyara Village
86.3
61.8
39.5
22.4
29.2
23.2
27.8
22.3
BDL
Taragadi Village
82.3
62.3
32.1
17.6
24.3
18.1
31.9
26.1
BDL
Naranka Village
64.2
48.9
23.3
14.5
18.9
15.2
19.8
13.2
BDL
Locations
NAAQS*
100
60
80
80
5.0
*NAAQS: National Ambient Air Quality Standard
All values were found to be well within the latest national standards.
11.2.5 Ground water quality
Six ground water samples have been considered in and around the proposed project site
within the periphery of 10 km taking in to account the various uses, these water resources
are put to. The analysis results indicate that the pH of the ground waters was to be in the
range of 7.56 – 7.80. The TDS were found to be in the range of 725 - 1022 mg/L for the
ground water. The monitoring reports show that Dissolved Solids, Total Hardness, Calcium,
Magnesium, Alkalinity and Chlorides in the ground water samples at all the location is
higher than Desirable Limit prescribed under IS: 10500, however all these parameters are
within the Permissible Limit prescribed under IS: 10500. All other parameters are well within
the Desirable Limit prescribed under IS: 10500.
11.2.6 Noise Quality
The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at seven locations
covering 10 km study area. The noise levels at each location were recorded for 24-hrs. The
results obtained were compared with the national standards and were found to be within limits.
11.2.7 Ecology
The project site is already surrounded by the urban environment and does not hold any
critical habitat/ecosystem as well as any threatened floral or faunal species. So project site
will not have any adverse impact on the environment.
205
11.2.8 Socio-economic
A wide variation of population in the study area has been observed by the surveyors. The
Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe population in the study area is not much. Illiteracy rate
in the study area is lower. 10 villages have illiterates less than 1000, 15 villages have an
illiteracy between 1000-2000, in 4 villages have between 2000-4000 individuals are illiterate.
In Ahmedabad urban area only 24.23% individuals are illiterates.
The basic amenities are available in study area with reference to education, medical, water
resources, post and telegraph, communication, power supply. All villages of the study area
have primary school and college. Good number of Medical facilities is available in study
area.
In the study area drinking water facility is good as well water, tube well water and hand pump
is available almost in all the villages. Post office facility and telephone connection is available
in all villages. In the study all the villages are well connected through a network of Pucca
road. Bus and railway station is the main mode of transportation in all villages of the study
area. The electricity is available in all the villages of study area.
11.3
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed project and
mitigation measures are given below.
11.3.1 Air Environment
The main point sources of air pollution in the unit will be flue gasses from Thermic Fluid
Heaters (1 nos. Existing & 2 nos. Proposed), Steam Boiler and D.G. set (2 nos.). The Agro
Waste/White Coal/Imported Coal will be used as fuel into Thermic Fluid Heaters & steam
boiler and diesel in D. G. set.
The unit has installed Multi Cyclone Separator to TFH-1 and after proposed expansion the
unit will install individual Multi cyclone separator followed by common Bag Filter to TFH-2 &
3 and Multi cyclone separator to steam boiler as an air pollution control measures to control
the emission of particulate matter in the flue gas emission through TFH & steam boiler and it
will be well within gaseous emission norms described by the GPCB. Fugitive emissions will
be generated from transportation and material handling. The unit will take appropriate
precaution for the control of fugitive emission.
The impact on air quality is assessed based on emissions of the proposed stacks in the
plant. PM, SO2 and NOx will be the important pollutants emitting from the stacks. Prediction of
impacts on air environment has been carried out employing mathematical model based on a
206
steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for multiple point sources for short
term. In the present case, Industrial Source Complex [ISC3] dispersion model based on
steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources for short term and
developed by United States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] has been used for
simulations from point sources.
Model Output Data
In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for the study period. The Ground
level
concentrations
are
computed
for
24-hrs average.
Maximum
Ground
level
concentrations of PM10, SO2, and NOx for study period were 1.443 g/m3, 3.761g/m3, and
0.661g/m3 respectively and were falling at 500m from the point source. The incremental
ground level concentrations for various pollutants are given in Table 11.5.
Table 11.5:
Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations
Pollutant
Distance
(m)
500
Towards Direction
PM10
Maximum Incremental
1.443
SO2
3.761
500
SW
NOx
0.661
500
SW
SW
11.3.2 Water Environment
A. Waste water from industrial process
There will not be any effluent generation from the manufacturing activity and about 1.1 waste
water will be generated from Cooling tower and Steam boiler, which will be reused on land
for gardening/plantation purpose within premises. Hence the unit will maintain as "Zero
Effluent Discharge."
B. Domestic waste water from the different sections of building
Waste water will be generated from the domestic activities of working staff will be about 5.2
KLD after proposed expansion, which will be treated in the septic tank followed by soak pit.
11.3.3 Noise Environment
 D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure. The acoustic
enclosure will be designed for minimum 25dB (A) insertion loss for meeting the ambient
noise standards, whichever is on the higher side.
helmet etc will be provided to the workers.
207
 Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and
11.3.4 Socio-Economic Environment
The requirement of unskilled and semi-skilled manpower will be met from nearby villages
during construction and operational phase. The project will also help in generation of the
indirect employment apart from direct employment. This will be a positive socio-economic
development for the region. There will be a general upliftment of standard of living in the
region.
11.3.5 Solid Waste
The anticipated quantities of some major solid hazardous waste is given below in table
Table: 11.6:
The Anticipated Quantities of Hazardous Waste
Type of
waste
Waste
Source
Category
as per
HWMR
Rules
Quantity, per
Annum*
E
P
T
PhysicalChemical
Form
Method of
Disposal
Process
Process
Waste
23.1
3
MT
2
MT
5
MT
Solid
organic
Collection,
Storage
Transportation
and disposal at
safe TSDF site
Raw
Material
Storage &
Handling
Discarded
Drums/bags
33.3
200
kg
800
Kg
1
MT
SolidInorganic
Decontaminate
and Reuse/ Sell
LiquidOrganic
Collection, storage
and used as
premises / sell to
MoEF approved
Recycler/
reprocessors
Plant and
Machineries
Used /
Spent Oil
5.1
0.5
KL
0.5
KL
1.0
KL
Management

Continuous rather than batch operations will be in practice to reduce spillage and
other material losses.


Used and discarded Drums/bags will be collected, decontaminated and reuse within
the plant as far as possible.
208

The hazardous waste generated from the process will be collected in HDPE bags
and will be sent to CHWIF/TSDF.
11.4
Environmental Monitoring Cell
A centralized environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important
and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess the
status of environment during operation of plant.
The following routine monitoring programme as detailed under shall be implemented at site.
Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and
regular permits from SPCB/MoEF shall be monitored and reported periodically.
Table: 11.7:
Environmental Monitoring Programme
S.
No.
1
2
Potential
Impact
AAQ &
Gaseous
Emissions
Noise
Action to be
Followed
Ambient air quality
within the premises
Parameters for
Monitoring
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NOx, Total VOC
and Benzene
Frequency of
Monitoring
As per CPCB/
SPCB
requirement or
on
quarterly
basis whichever
is earlier
Flue Gas emission
PM, SO2, NOx
As per CPCB/ Thermic Fluid
Heater 1, 2 &
SPCB
requirement or 3, Steam Boiler
and
on
quarterly
basis whichever D.G. Set 1 & 2
is earlier
Workspace
Monitoring
Total VOC and
Benzene
Process Area,
Storage Area
Exhaust
from
vehicles
to
be
minimized by use of
fuel efficient vehicles
and well maintained
vehicles having PUC
certificate.
Vehicle trips to be
minimized
to the
extent possible
Noise
Level
Monitoring
Vehicle logs to be
maintained
As per CPCB/
SPCB
requirement or
on
quarterly
basis whichever
is earlier
-
Vehicle logs
Daily records
Main gate
Spot Noise Level
recording;
Leq(night),
Leq(day),
Leq(dn)
Maintain records
Periodic during
operation phase
Various plant
operations
and
worker
area in the
plant
-
Generation
of
209
Periodic during
Location
At least one
location inside
premises
-
S.
No.
3
4
Potential
Impact
Wastewater
Discharge
Drainage and
effluent
Management
Action to be
Followed
vehicular noise
No discharge to be
made
to
surface
water, groundwater
or soil.
Take care in handling
&disposal
of
wastewater
generated such that
soil and groundwater
resources
are
protected
Compliance
of
sewage disposal in to
soak
pit
through
septic tank
Ensure
drainage
system and specific
design measures are
working effectively.
Parameters for
Monitoring
of vehicles
Complete
evaporation
of
the
treated
wastewater
No
seepage/
leakage
during
the process
Frequency of
Monitoring
operation phase
Periodic during
operation phase
Location
Periodic during
operation phase
-
No
seepage/
leakage/ overflow
during
the
handling
Visual inspection
of drainage and
records thereof
Periodic during
operation phase
-
Periodic during
operation phase
-
Water
supplied
by
Estate through
their bore well
near
project
site
-
-
Design to incorporate
existing
drainage
pattern and avoid
disturbing the same.
5
Water Quality
and Water
Levels
Monitoring
used
water
quality
&
groundwater quality
and levels
Comprehensive
monitoring as per
IS 10500
Ground
water
level BGL
Periodic during
operation phase
6
Energy Usage
Energy usage for airconditioning
and
other activities to be
minimized
Energy
report
audit
Annual audits
and
periodic
checks during
operational
phase
Mock
drill
records, on site
emergency plan,
evacuation plan
Periodic during
operation phase
No. of
species
plants,
Periodic during
operation phase
Records of solid
waste generation,
treatment
and
disposal
Periodic during
operation phase
8
Emergency
preparedness,
such as fire
fighting
9
Maintenance
of flora and
fauna
Waste
Management
10
Conduct
annual
energy audit for the
buildings
Fire protection and
safety measures to
take care of fire and
explosion hazards, to
be assessed and
steps taken for their
prevention.
Vegetation, greenbelt
/ green cover
development
Implement
waste
management
plan
that identifies and
characterizes every
waste
arising
associated
with
proposed
activities
and which identifies
210
-
S.
No.
Potential
Impact
11
Soil quality
12
Health
11.5
Action to be
Followed
the procedures for
collection, handling &
disposal
of
each
waste arising.
Maintenance of good
soil quality
Employees
and
migrant labour health
check ups
Parameters for
Monitoring
Physico-chemical
parameters and
metals.
All
relevant
parameters
including HIV
Frequency of
Monitoring
Location
Periodical
monitoring
Plantation
areas
Regular
ups
-
check
PROJECT BENEFITS
The unit is located in Ahmedabad district of Gujarat, which is only 22.0 km far from the
Ahmedabad City. Ahmdabad is the largest industrial center in the western India and has
been important base of commerce, trade and industry. Ahmedabad hosts several large
scale, medium scale and small scale manufacturing industries, some major industrial
segment includes dyes and dye intermediates, Bulk drug & pharmaceuticals, textiles etc.
Ahmedabad is one of the 30 Megacities of the world and is expected to grow at a healthy
6.3% in period 2010-16 and Ahmedabad’s GDP is predicted to grow at 10.1% per annum in
this period. Following the rapid growth in commerce, trade and industry, Ahmedabad is now
also witnessing a major construction boom and increase in population due to the migration
from not only over the Gujarat but from all over the India. Synthetic Resin, finished product of
the Nirav Chemical Industries, being a wide and different uses in industry, commerce and
domestic application has huge potential in Ahmedabad and local market.
11.6
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) aims at the preservation of ecological system by
considering in-built pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. Some of the major
criteria governing the environmental measures will be adopted, and the same is described in
ensuring paragraphs.
11.6.1 Air Pollution Management
 To control the fugitive emissions generated during various operations in the
industry, plant authorities will adopt following mitigation measures.
•
The entire manufacturing activities will be carried out in the closed system.
•
Mechanical seals will be provided for all the reactors for improving emission control
measures.
•
All reactors will be provided by vapor condensers.
•
All solvent storage tanks will be provided with vent condensers having chilled water
or brine circulation.
211
•
Dedicated pipe lines for transfer of solvents from respective solvent storage tanks to
reactors in the production blocks.
•
All the electrical motors of pumps for the handling of hazardous chemicals will be
flame proof and all pumps provided with suitable mechanical seal with stand by
arrangement.
 To control the flue gas emissions generated during various operations in the
industry, plant authorities will adopt following mitigation measures.
•
Agro Waste/ White Coal/ Imported Coal will be used as fuel in the Thermic Fluid
Heaters. The have provided Multi Cyclone Separator to TFH-1 and will provide
individual cyclone separator followed by common Bag Filter to TFH-2 & 3 and Multi
Cyclone Separator to steam boiler as an air pollution control measures to control the
emission of particulate matter
•
In case of failure of any air pollution control equipments, the process activities will be
stopped.
•
Regular post project air monitoring schedule will be planned and record will be
maintained to track any problem in Air Pollution Control Equipment.
11.6.2 Water Pollution Management

Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where it
could contaminate groundwater and soil.


Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological features by diesel,
grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area

The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition

Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance;

Accidental spillages will be cleaned up promptly

Curing water will be sprayed and after liberal curing, all concrete structures will be
covered with gunny bags this will conserves water

Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to
prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads.

Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to
flow through.

All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.

Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating the water
pollution
212

There will not be any effluent generation from the manufacturing activity and about 1.1
waste water will be generated, which will be reused on land for gardening/plantation
purpose within premises. Hence the unit will maintain as "Zero Effluent Discharge."

Domestic wastewater will be sent to septic tank and finally disposed in to soak pit.

Rain water harvesting structure will be installed in the unit.
11.6.3 Noise Pollution Management

All possible measures will be taken to minimize the noise.

The insulation provided for prevention and loss of heat and personnel safety shall also
act as noise reducer.

Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize vibrations and noise.

Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits will be adopted.

Proper and timely oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for
the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.
helmet etc will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and

Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant will absorb the noise. About
20.92% of the total plot area will be under greenbelt. This will help to control the noise
pollution.

Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually done to avoid excessive noise
generation.

Supervisor will be responsible to control the noise by maintaining conditions of
machineries and silencers.
11.6.4 Solid Waste Management


Used and discarded Drums/bags will be collected, decontaminated and reuse within the
plant as far as possible.

The hazardous waste generated from the process will be collected in HDPE bags and
will be sent to CHWIF/TSDF.
11.6.5 Socioeconomic
The study area has been analyzed and surveyed. The results reveal that the literacy is fair in
study area. The Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe population in the study area is not
much. As the people of the study area lacks better employment opportunities and there are
213
many agriculturists or cultivators. A CSR activity has been designed which will help in
generating income to the people of the study area.
The following CSR activities have been proposed for the people of the study area:

The proponent will organize medical camps in the study region. In the survey it was
reported by the interviewee that anemia, viral fever, cold, cough etc are the common
health problems in the study region. The medical camps for these diseases will be
organized.
 The unit will give their adequate and reasonable contribution for the following CSR
activities in the nearby villages,
1. Plantation all along the road side in nearby villages and development of
garden/greenbelt on government barren land/common plots.
2. Education aids & scholarship to poor students for higher education.
3. Company will also participate & contribute in Local religious and social programs.
 Company will also cooperate and participate in the various activities conducted by the
government for the socio-economic development and welfare of the society such as;
1. Participate in the medical camp organized in the villages.
2. Participate and cooperate in animal husbandry camp.
3. Participate in the Forestry Programme of state government.
4. Participate and Cooperate in Education Camp of state government.
6. Participate and Cooperate in Education Camp of state government.
8. Participate in the national programme organized on 15th August and 26th January.
9. Participate in new school admission campaign.
10. Participate in Cleanliness Camp of state government.
11.7 CONCLUSIONS
It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase the
chance of more employment opportunities for local inhabitants. There are no Resettlement
and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project infrastructures will be of use to
people of the area. The revenue of the State Govt. will be definitely increasing due to the
enhanced production. The entire project area is devoid of any endangered flora and fauna.
Thus the proposed project is not likely to affect the environment or adjacent ecosystem
adversely.
*****************
214
SECTION XII
DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANT
Section-XII/Disclosure of Consultants Engaged
SECTION –XII
INDEX
S. No.
12.0
Particulars
Page no.
Disclosure Of Consultants Engaged
215
216
216
217

OF NIRAV CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES - Gujarat Pollution Control Board

Transcription

Similar documents

A golden opportunity to A golden opportunity to

5 Interna onal Congress of Academy of Clinical

Final New Corporate overview - PRINTING.

2013 dt 04.07.2013 on th - the official website of Bangalore Customs

Amazing Glaze

luxurious bargains - The SkyLink Travel

1/35 American M29 Weasel

AVS24 2.4 GHZ Wireless Audio/Video Sender

WELCOME TO VARIOSYSTEMS